Director s Message - IAS EXAM PORTALstatic.upscportal.com/...1-Study-Kit-Brochure_ · Director s Message Dear Candidates, ... the materials which cover 100% syllabus of the upsc

Director s Message

Dear Candidates,

General Studies is one of the Subject which has major contribution in the whole Civil Services Examination. In the prelims there is one whole paper of General Studies & in the Main it has its Contribution. Therefore General Studies

can t be under estimated, however it is seen among aspirants that they do not have right kind of materials for General Studies Paper, the materials which is exam oriented, the materials which is easy to understand, the materials which is exclusively designed & developed on the basis of present trend, the materials which cover 100% syllabus of the upsc. So these lead to a very low score by the candidate in General Studies Paper.

To change this tradition & to help candidate last year (in 2012), upsc portal had launched Study Materials for Civil

Services Preliminary Examination, the material was designed & developed to sort-out the above mentioned problems which IAS aspirants faces. Before the Preliminary Examination we were sure that, our Study Materials will help the

Candidate. For better understanding to the candidate we have opened the Content & Materials of our Study Kit. Before the Examination, our 6300 members have purchased the Study Materials and out of it more than 3500 Candidates have qualified the Preliminary Examinations. It proved our members confidence on our work, and it also give a tremendous responsibility on our shoulders, therefore we have done all the required works to genuinely help our members & anxiously wait for the exam. We know we followed a right Strategy, we know we followed the present trend, we know

we update ourselves to the extent we can, & rest we left on God.

Honestly, after seen the Pre Question Paper we were overjoyed, as plans work, we were able to deliver 57 questions out of the given 100.

We have mentioned every details of this achievement in this page, where you can see the UPSC Pre Questions along

with our Study Materials chapter name, answer of the question with explanation. This experience prove one thing, that right strategy along with hard work pays.

Our advise to all IAS aspirants is that to make your strategy & evaluate it time to time, stick with your basics & revise them again & again, religiously Study the news paper keep the syllabus & Previous Years Question with you. Compare your performance with the Previous Years Questions & lastly have patience & believe in your selves.

Thank You. Course Director

_____________________________________

Contents of Brochure

1. Content of Study Kit 2. Previous Year Achievement 3. Sample Materials of Our Study Kit Paper 1 4. Graphical Tour of Process and Procedures 5. Our Toppers

Click Here For Hard Copy of This Study Kit:http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-pre/csat-paper-1

For Any Query Call our Course Director +91 9911157134, 011- 65023618

http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-pre/csat-paper-1

Contents of Our Study Kit

www.upscportal.com

BOOKLET NO. 1STRATEGY FOR CIVILSERVICES EXAMINATION

¨ Previous year gs pre question papers along with answer and explanations¨ Previous year gs pre topic wise question analysis.¨ Strategy for civil services preliminaryexamination¨ Strategy for civil services main examination¨ Strategy for civil services interview¨ Over all strategy and mind set required for this examination¨ Frequently asked question

BOOKLET NO:– 2. GEOGRAPHY

UPSC Preliminary Syllabus: Indian and World Geography - Physical, Social, EconomicGeography of India and the World.

CONTENTS OF OUR STUDY KIT

WORLD GEOGRAPHY GENERAL¨ North America¨ MiddleAmerica¨ South America¨ Africa¨ Europe¨ Australia¨ Asia¨ Antartica¨ Climatic Region of the World

WORLD GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL¨ Lithosphere¨ Atmosphere¨ World Climatic Types

INDIAN GEOGRAPHY PHYSICAL¨ India Physical

CONTENTS OFOUR STUDY KIT PAPER – I



http://www.upscportal.com



www.upscportal.com

INDIAN GEOGRAPHY GENERAL¨ Land and the People¨ States and Union Territories¨ Non-Conventional Energy¨ Nuclear Energy¨ Conventional Energy in India¨ Electricity / Power in India

GIST OF N.C.E.R.T.

¨ India Location¨ Drainage System¨ Climate¨ Natural Vegetation¨ Soils¨ Land Use and Agriculture¨ Mineral and Energy Resources¨ Sugar Industry¨ Transport and Communication¨ Our Solar System¨ Land Forms¨ Composition and Structure ofAtmosphere

BOOKLET NO:– 3. INDIAN HISTORY

UPSC Preliminary Syllabus: History of India and Indian National Movement.


ANCIENT INDIAN HISTORY¨ Sources of Indian History¨ The Harappan Civilization¨ The Vedic¨ The Mauryan¨ Post Mauryan period (200 BC-300AD)¨ Gupta & Post - Gupta period: Society, Economy & Polity

MEDIEVAL INDIAN HISTORY

¨ Chronology of Events in Medieval India¨ North India between 750-1200¨ The Sultans of Delhi






www.upscportal.com

¨ The Mughal Kings¨ The Marathas¨ Vijayanagar Empire¨ The Saints of Medieval India

MODERN INDIAN HISTORY1. Indian in the Eighteenth Century2. Rise of the Regional Powers3. Economic Impact of The British4. Indian Renaissance and Reform Movement5. Early Uprisings Against The British6. The Revolt of 18577. Nature and Causes For The Rise of National Movement8. The Rise of Neo-Nationalists or Extremistss9. The Beginning of the Gandhian Era

10. The National Movements in 1940s11. Chronology of The National Movement

GIST OF N.C.E.R.T.¨ The Harappan Culture: BronzeAge Civilization¨ The Later Vedic Phase¨ Territorial States And The First Magadhan Empire¨ The Delhi Sultanat¨ Architecture¨ Mughal Empire¨ Social and Cultural Awakening in the First Half of the 19th Century¨ The Revolt of 1857¨ Growth of New India - Religious and Social Reform After 1858¨ Nationalist Movement

BOOKLET NO:– 4. GENERAL SCIENCE

UPSC Preliminary Syllabus: General Science.

CONTENTS OF OUR STUDY KIT¨ Tissue¨ Muscular and Skeletal System¨ The Nervous System¨ The Endocrine System¨ Lymphatic System and Immunity¨ The Respiratory System¨ The Circulatory System






www.upscportal.com

¨ The Integumentary System¨ The Reproductive System¨ The Digestive System¨ The Excretory System

PHYSICS¨ Gist of Physics from NCERT Books

CHEMISTRY¨ Gist ofChemistry from NCERT Books

BOTANY¨ Photosynthesis¨ Digestion in Plants¨ Plant Reproduction

ANIMAL KINGDOM¨ Diversity in Living Organisms¨ TheAnimal Kingdom

WHAT, WHY & HOW?¨ Gist of What, Why & How?

VARIOUS PROGRAMMES OF INDIA¨ India’s Nuclear Programme¨ India’s Defence Programme¨ India’s Space Programme¨ Science and Technological Development in India

UNIVERSE¨ Universe

BOOKLET NO:– 5. ENVIRONMENT

UPSC Preliminary Syllabus: General issues onEnvironmental Ecology, Bio-diversity and Climate Change - that do not require subject

specialisation


ENVIRONMENT CONCEPT¨ Organisms and the Environment¨ Environment, Habitat and Niche¨ Environmental Factors






www.upscportal.com

¨ Ecological Adaptations¨ Population, Biotic Community and Succession¨ Ecosystem: Structure and Function¨ Natural Resources and their Conservation¨ Biodiversity¨ Pollution and Global Environmental Change

BIODIVERSITY¨ Biosequestraton¨ Conservation¨ Commission on sustainable Development (1992)¨ Nagoya Protocol PROTOCOL¨ National BiodiversityAuthority, Chennai¨ Project Tiger (1973)¨ The Biological DiversityAct 2002 and Rules 2004¨ Concerns & Issues¨ The Biological DiversityAct 2002¨ Biological Diversity Rules 2004¨ Biodiversity Act/Rules and Intellectual Property Rights¨ Iprs in the context of protection of Plant varieties and Farmer’s Right Act¨ RecommendedActions¨ The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)¨ CountryImplementation¨ The International Year of Biodiversity (IYB)¨ Background¨ United Nations Decade on Biodiversity¨ Top 10 Famous Bird Sanctuaries of India¨ Types of Biodiversity¨ Genetic Diversity¨ Species Diversity¨ Ecosystem

POLLUTION AND ENVIRONMENT¨ CapacityBuilding for Industrial Pollution Management (CBIPM)¨ Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS)

ENVIRONMENT MOVEMENT¨ Uunited Nations Conference on the Human Environment (1972)

Brutland Commission (1983)¨ The Rio Declaration on Environment and Development (1992)¨ Kyoto Protocol (1997)






www.upscportal.com

¨ 1997: Rio+5 Conference, NewYork¨ Johannesburg Summit 2002¨ Copenhagen Climate Council (2007)and Summit (2009)¨ Bali Action¨ 2010 United Nations Climate Change Conference

INTERNATIONAL INITIATIVES¨ Alliance of Small Island and States (AOSIS)¨ Asia-Pacific Partnership on Clean Development and Climate¨ The International Carbon Action Partnership (ICAP)¨ Land use, Land-Use Change and Forestry¨ Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation (REDD)¨ The Man and the Biosphere Programme (MAB)

NATIONAL INITIATIVES¨ Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)¨ Green Development Initiative(GDI)¨ NationalAction Plan on Climate Change(NAPCC)¨ Indian Network on Climate ChangeAssessment¨ The National Bureau of Plant Genetic Resources (NBPGR)

ENERGY¨ Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission144¨ Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission¨ Nuclear Power in India¨ Solar Power in India¨ The Energy Conservation Building Code¨ Wind EnergyProgramme in India

BOOKLET NO:– 6. INDIAN ECONOMY

UPSC Preliminary Syllabus: Economic and Social Development -Sustainable Development,Poverty, Inclusion, Demographics, Social Sector initiatives, etc.

CONTENTS OF OUR STUDY KIT1. Economics : An Introduction2. Economic Planning in India3. Fiscal System4. Monetary and Credit Policy5. Money Market and Capital Market in India6. Sstock Markets in India7. Ttaxation System in India: Concepts and Policies8. Inflation : Concepts, Facts and Policy






www.upscportal.com

9. Public Sector10. Bbanking System in India11. Ppoverty and Inequality Concepts, Data Policy and Analysis12. Umemployment13. Agriculture14. Important Indices15. Bretton Woods Institutions and Others16. GATT and WTO17. Foreign Trade18. External Sector19. Economy Updates 2011

GIST OF N.C.E.R.T.¨ Sectors of the Indian Economy¨ Liberalization¨ Human Capital and Human Development¨ Growth and Changing Structure ofEmployment¨ India’s economic interaction with the World

BOOKLET NO:– 7. INDIAN POLITY

UPSC Preliminary Syllabus: Indian Polity and Governance - Constitution, Political System,Panchayati Raj, Public Policy, Rights Issues, etc.

CONTENTS OF OUR STUDY KIT1. Outstanding features of the Indian Constitution2. Preamble3. Union and its Territory4. Citizenship in India5. Fundamental Rights6. Fundamental Duties7. Directive Principles of State Policy8. Constitution Amendment9. Emergency Provisions

10. President of India11. Vice-President12. Attorney General of India13. Parliament of India14. Office of Profit15. The Judiciary16. Lokpal and Lok Ayukta17. Federal System18. Governor19. Anti—defection law20. Inter State Council21. Electoral System in India






www.upscportal.com

22. Panchayatraj Institutions23. Nagarapalikas24. Delegated Legislation25. Public Service Commission26. Comptroller andAuditor General of India27. Delimitation of Constituencies28. River Water Disputes India29. Right to Information30. Good Governance31. Seventh Schedule and Taxation Powers32. Professional Tax33. Order of Procedence34. Delhi Government35. Article37136. Fifth and Sixth Schedules37. Current Affairs : National Polityupdates

GIST OF N.C.E.R.T.¨ Why Do We Need A Constitution?¨ Philosophy of the Constitution¨ Fundamental Rights in the Indian Constitution¨ Executive¨ Legislature¨ Judiciary¨ Local Governments¨ Elections and Democracy

BOOKLET NO:– 8. SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY1. Science and Technology in India: PolicyPlanning2. Space Research3. Atomic Research4. Defence Research5. Oceanographic and Antartic Research6. Biotechnology7. Information Technology8. Health Sector9. Laser

10. Super Conductivity11. Internet/Computer Glossary

BOOKLET NO:– 9. CURRENTAFFAIRS1. National¨ Consitutional Watch¨ Government’s Plan, Programme, Policies & NewInitiatives¨ Political Newa






www.upscportal.com

2. International3. India & The World4. (i) Science & Technology (Concept)

(ii) Science & Technology (Current)5. Health6. Economy7. (i) Energy (Concept)

(ii) Energy(Current)8. (i) Environment

(ii) International Initiatives on Environment(iii) Environment National Initiatives & Pollution Control Measures(iv) Environment Current

9. Gist of Economic Survey2011-201210. Gist of Editorials and Articals11. Gist ofYojana Magazine12. Awards13. Sports14. Railway Budget15. Union Budget

Multiple Choice Questions

BOOKLET NO. 101700+ MCQS FOR FINAL PRACTICE

¨ Practice paper will be based on these following topics.¨ Ecology and environment part -1¨ Ecology and environment part -2¨ Indian geography physical¨ Indian geography general¨ World geography physical¨ World geography general¨ Ancient and medieval Indian history¨ Modern Indian history¨ Indian polity part -1¨ Indian polity part -2¨ General science¨ Science and technology¨ Indian year book part -1¨ Indian year book part-2¨ Economic survey part -1¨ Economic survey part -2





Tally of G.S. Pre 2012 Question Paper with our G.S. (Pre) Paper I Study Kit

S. No.

Q. of G.S. Pre Civil Services Examination 2012 Answer of the Question

Subject Name Chapter Name Explanations

1.

1. The basic aim of Lead Bank Scheme is that (a) big banks should try to open offices in each

district (b) there should be stiff competition among the

various nationalized banks (c) individual banks should adopt particular

districts for intensive development (d) all the banks should make intensive efforts

to mobilize deposits

Answer: c Booklet no -6 Indian economy

Banking system in India

This scheme was started in 1969 to coordinate the activities of nationalized banks for intensive development of banking facilities in particular districts.

2.

4. The distribution of powers between the Centre and the States in the Indian Constitution is based on the scheme provided in the

(a) Morley-Minto Reforms, 1909 (b) Montagu-Chelmsford Act, 1919 (c) Government of India Act, 1935 (d) Indian Independence Act, 1947

Answer: C Booklet no -7 Indian polity

Outstanding features of the Indian constitution

3.

5. Despite having large reserves of coal, why does India import millions of tonnes of coal?

1. It is the policy of India to save its own coal reserves for future, and import it from other countries for the present use.

2. Most of the power plants in India are coal-based and they are not able to get sufficient supplies of coal from within the country.

3. Steel companies need large quantity of coking coal which has to be imported.

Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a)1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c)1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: B

Special Booklet- Current affairs for civil services Preliminary examination

4.

7. Recently, there has been a concern over the short supply of a group of elements called rare earth metals . Why? 1. China, which is the largest producer of

these elements, has imposed some restrictions on their export.

2. Other than China Australia, Canada and Chile, these elements are not found in any country.

3. Rare earth metals are essential for the manufacture of various kinds of electronic items and there is a growing demand for these elements.



Answer: C


India is the second largest producer of rare earth materials after china, china presently produces more than 95% of all rare earth materials that are vital in the creation of a big variety of electronic technologies .

5.

8. Consider the following protected areas: 1.Bandipur 2. Bhitarkanika 3.Manas 4. Sunderbans Which of the above are declared Tiger Reserves?

(a)1 and 2 only (b)1, 3 and 4 only (c)2, 3 and 4 only (d)1, 2, 3 and 4

Answer: B


Bhitarkanika has one of the largest populations of endangered saltwater crocodile in. Nearly700 saltwater crocodiles inhabit the rivers and creeks remaining three are declared as tiger reserves.

6.

9. Consider the following statements: 1. The duration of the monsoon decreases from southern India to northern India. 2. The amount of annual rainfall in the northern plains of India decreases from east to west.

Answer: C Booklet no 2, Indian and world geography

Chapter 3, climate (the gist of n.c.e.r.t)




Which of the statements given above is/are correct? (a)1 only (b) 2 only (c)Both 1 and 2 (d)Neither 1 nor 2

7.

10. Which one of the following is the characteristic climate of the Tropical Savannah Region? (a) Rainfall throughout the year (b) Rainfall in winter, only (c) An extremely short dry season (d) A definite dry and wet season

Answer: D Booklet no 2, Indian and world geography

Chapter 9, the climatic region of the world)

One form of the tropical savanna climate features is distinct wet and dry seasons of relatively equal duration. Most of the region s annual rainfall is experienced during the wet season and very little precipitation falls during the dry season.

8.

11. In which one among the following categories of protected areas in India are local people not allowed to collect and use the biomass? (a) Biosphere Reserves (b) National Parks (c) Wetlands declared under Ramsar

Convention (d) Wildlife Sanctuaries

Answer: B Booklet no 5, environment and ecology

Chapter -1, environment concept

With in national park hunting, killing or capturing of fauna, or deprivation of any wild animal of its habitat, or destruction and collection of flora, and weapons are all prohibited where also, grazing [of any live-stock] shall not be permitted. Except for the improvement and a better management of wildlife therein.

9.

13. Which one of the following groups of animals belongs to the category of endangered species? (a) Great Indian Bustard, Musk Deer, Red

Panda and Asiatic Wild Ass (b) Kashmir Stag, Cheetal, Blue Bull and

Great Indian Bustard (c) Snow Leopard, Swamp Deer, Rhesus

Monkey and Saras (Crane) (d) Lion-tailed Macaque, Blue Bull, Hanuman

Langur and Cheetal

Answer: A Booklet no 5, environment and ecology

Chapter -2, biodiversity

The endangered species in India have been divided into 4 main categories- critically endangered (cr), endangered (en), vulnerable (vu) and threatened. The critically endangered species in india, as identified by the iucn and wii, include great Indian bustard and red panda. The vulnerable species include musk deer and asiatic wild ass.

10.

17. Which of the following can be threats to the biodiversity of a geographical area? 1. Global warming 2. Fragmentation of habitat 3. Invasion of alien species 4. Promotion of vegetarianism Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a)1, 2 and 3 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c)1 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Answer: A Booklet no 5, environment and ecology

Chapter -2, biodiversity

11.

18. Consider the following: 1. Black-necked crane 2. Cheetah 3. Flying squirrel 4. Snow leopard Which of the above are naturally found in India? (a) 1, 2 and 3 only (b) 1, 3 and 4 only (c) 2 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Answer: B


The cheetah inhabiting most of africa and parts of the middle east.

12.

21. Vultures which used to be very common in Indian countryside some years ago are rarely seen nowadays. This is attributed to (a) the destruction of their nesting sites by new

invasive species (b) a drug used by cattle owners for treating

their diseased cattle (c) scarcity of food available to them (d) a widespread, persistent and fatal disease

among Them

Answer: B


Use of diclofenac in animals has been led to a sharp decline in the vulture population in the indian. The mechanism is, it is presumed, renal failure, a known side-effect of diclofenac. Vultures eat the carcasses of livestock that have been administered veterinary diclofenac, and are poisoned by the accumulated chemical.

13.

23. Graphene is frequently in news recently. What is its importance? 1. It is a two-dimensional material and has

good electrical conductivity.

Answer: C

Special Booklet- Current affairs for civil services Preliminary

The main constituent of graphene is the graphite and not silicon. Graphene can be used for many different purposes




2. It is one of the thinnest but strongest materials tested so far.

3. It is entirely made of silicon and has high optical transparency.

4. It can be used as conducting electrodes required for touch screens, LCDs and organic LEDs.

Which of the statements given above are correct?

(a) 1 and 2 only (b) 3 and 4 only (c) 1, 2 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

examination including: transistors to be operational even at high frequencies. Organic light emitting diodes, storing hydrogen for fuel cell powered cars, ultracapacitors with graphene electrodes etc.

14.

25. With reference to stem cells , frequently in the news, which of the following statements is/are correct? 1. Stem cells can be derived from mammals

only. 2. Stem cells can be used for screening new

drugs. 3. Stem cells can be used for medical

therapies. Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a) 1 and 2 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: D

Booklet no 8, science and technological development in India

Chapter 6, biotechnology

Stem cells are biological cells found in multicellular organisms that can divide and differentiate into diverse specialized celltypes and can self-renew to produce more stem cells.

15.

27. A team a scientists at Brookhaven National Laboratory including those from India created the heaviest antimatter (anti-helium nucleus). What is/are the implication/implications of the creation of anti-matter? 1. It will make mineral prospecting and oil

exploration easier and cheaper. 2. It will help probe the possibility of the

existence of stars and galaxies made of anti-matter.

3. It will help understand the evolution of the universe.

Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: B


Anti-matter resembles with ordinary matter, except it has the opposite charge. When matter meets its anti-matter, they annihilate and convert all of their mass-energy into gamma radiation this tremendous energy harnessed, would revolutionise life on earth and in space. For example, the harnessing of anti-matter would mean that space exploration to distant worlds would be possible. Also during the time of big bang, the universe was made of matter and anti-matter in equal proportion.

16.

29. Electrically charged particles from space traveling at speeds of several hundred km/sec can severely harm living beings if they reach the surface of the Earth. What prevents them from reaching the surface of the Earth? (a) The Earth s magnetic field diverts them

towards its poles (b) Ozone layer around the Earth reflects them

back to outer space (a) Moisture in the upper layers of atmosphere

prevents them from reaching the surface of the Earth

(c) None of the statements (a), (b) and (c) given above is correct

Answer: A Booklet no 2, Indian and world geography

Chapter -22, space

Earth is surrounded by a magnetic force field just like a bubble in space called the magnetosphere tens of

thousand of miles wide. This magnetosphere acts as a shield that protects us from solar storms and electrically charged particles.

17.

34. The Congress ministries resigned in the seven provinces in 1939 because (a) the Congress could not form ministries in

the other four provinces (b) emergence of a left wing in the Congress

made the working of the ministries impossible

(c) there were widespread communal disturbances in their provinces

(d) None of the statements (a), (b) and (c) given above is correct

Answer: D Booklet no -3, Indian history

Chapter the national movements in 1940 s

They resigned in protest against viceroy lord linlithgow s action of declaring India to be a belligerent in the second world war without consulting the Indian people.

18. 35. With reference to National Rural Health Mission, which of the following are the jobs of ASHA , a trained community health worker?

Answer: A Gist of Indian year book Asha is not trained to conduct

the delivery of baby.




1.Accompanying women to the health facility for antenatal care checkup

2. Using pregnancy test kits for early detection of pregnancy

3. Providing information on nutrition and immunization

4. Conducting the delivery of baby Select he correct answer using the codes

given below: (a) 1,2 and 3 only (b) 2 and 4 only (c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

19.

36. Which of the following is/are the principal feature(s) of the Government of India Act, 1919? 1. Introduction of diarchy in the executive

government of the provinces 2. Introduction of separate communal

electorates for Muslims 3. Devolution of legislative authority by the

centre to the provinces Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a) 1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: C Booklet no 3, Indian history

Chapter the rise of new nationalist or extremist

The main feature of the 1919 act were instead of single, bicameral house was created: the council of state and the legislative assembly, dyarchy was introduced in provinces: subject of administration was divided into two lists, transferred and reserved, devolution of legislative authority by the centre to the provinces was also done.

20.

39. Which of the following special powers have been conferred on the Rajya Sabha by the Constitution of India? (a) To change the existing territory of a State

and to change the name of a State (b) To pass a resolution empowering the

Parliament to make laws in the State List and to create one or more all India Services

(c) To amend the election procedure of the President and to determine the pension of the President after his/her retirement

(d) To determine the functions of the Election Commission and to determine the number of Election Commissioners

Answer: D Booklet no 7, Indian polity

Chapter -13, parliament of India

21.

40. How does the National Rural Livelihood Mission seek to improve livelihood options of rural poor? 1. By setting up a large number of new

manufacturing industries and agribusiness centres in rural areas

2. By strengthening self-help groups and providing skill development

1. By supplying seeds, fertilizers, diesel pump-sets and micro-irrigation equipment free of cost to farmers


(a) 1 and 2 only (b) 2 only (c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: A


It is a proggrame related with poverty alleviation and rural prosperity. It has two stages .in the first nrlm may totally focus on promoting shgs and shg federations and financial inclusion. In the second stage the shg federations may be assisted to promote livelihood organizations such as commodity cooperatives, producer companies, etc.

22.

41. The Multi-dimensional Poverty Index developed by Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative with UNDP support covers which of the following? 1. Deprivation of education, health, assets

and services at household level 2. Purchasing power parity at national level

3. Extent of budget deficit and GDP growth rate at national level


(a) 1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: A Booklet no 6, Indian economy

Chapter -1, economics-an introduction

The mpi has three dimensions: health, education and standard of living.

23. 42. Which of the following is/are among the noticeable features of the recommendations of the Thirteenth Finance Commission?

Answer: A Special Booklet- Current affairs for civil services

In the thirteenth finance commission recommendation there is no recommendation




1. A design for the Goods and Services Tax, and a compensation package linked to adherence to the proposed design a design for the creation of lakhs of jobs in the next ten years in consonance with India s demographic dividend

2. Devolution of a specified share of central taxes to local bodies as grants



Preliminary examination

regarding creation of jobs. Althogh regarding the devolution to local bodies in the form of grants is fixed but there is no specified percentage of central taxes to arrive at this number.

24.

43. What is/are the recent policy intiative(s) of Government of India to promote the growth of manufacturing sector? 1. Setting up of National Investment and

Manufacturing zones 2. Providing the benefit of single window

clearance 3. Establishing the Technology Acquisition

and Development Fund Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a) 1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: D


25.

44. Which of the following are the methods of Parliamentary control over public finance in India? 1. Placing Annual Financial Statement before

the Parliament 2. Withdrawal of moneys from Consolidated

Fund of India only after passing the Appropria-tion Bill

3. Provisions of supplementary grants and vote-onaccount

4. A periodic or at least a mid-year review of programme of the Government against macroeconomic forecast and expenditure by a Parliamentary Budget Office

5. Introducing Finance Bill in the Parliament Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a) 1, 2, 3 and 5 only (b) 1, 2, and 4 only (c) 3, 4 and 5 only (d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

Answer: A Booklet no 7, Indian polity


Periodic and mid-year review is done by the government

26.

45. Mahatma Gandhi undertook fast unto death in 1932, mainly because (a) Round Table Conference failed to satisfy

Indian political aspirations (b) Congress and Muslim League had

differences of opinion (c) Ramsay Macdonald announced the

Communal Award (d) None of the statements (a), (b) and (c)

given above is correct in this context

Answer: C Booklet no 3, Indian history

Chapter the beginning of Gandhian era

Macdonald communal award of august 1932 for the creation of separate electorates for the untouchables this lead to undertake gandhiji a fast unto death in 1932.

27.

46. With reference to Ryotwari Settlement, consider the following statements:

1. The rent was paid directly by the peasants to the Government

2. The Government gave Pattas to the Ryots 3. The lands were surveyed and assessed

before being taxed. Which of the statements given above is/are correct?

(a) 1 only (b) 1 and 2 only (c) 1, 2 and 3 (d) None

Answer: C Booklet no -3, Indian history

Chapter economic impact of the British

28.

48. In India, in the overall Index of Industrial Production, the Indices of Eight Core Industries have a combined weight of 37.90%. Which of the following are among those Eight Core Industries?

1. Cement 2. Fertilizers 3. Natural Gas

Answer: C

Gist of Indian year book and gist of economic survey. chapter -1

Eight core industries are cement, fertilizers, natural gas, refinery products, coal, crude oil, steel and electricity.




4. Refinery products 5. Textiles Select the correct answer using the codes given below:

(a) 1 and 5 only (b) 2, 3 and 4 only (c) 1, 2, 3 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5

29.

50. Government of India encourages the cultivation of sea buckthorn . What is the importance of this plant? 1. It helps in controlling soil erosion and in

preventing desertification. 2. It is a rich source of bio-diesel. 3. It has nutritional value and is well-adapted

to live in cold areas of high altitudes. 4. Its timber is of great commercial value. Which of the statements given above is/are

correct? (a)1 only (b)2, 3 and 4 only (c)1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Answer: C


The sea-buckthorns are deciduous shrubs and its berries are edible and nutritious, it is well adopted in high altitudes and cold areas it control soil erosion and prevent desertification.

30.

51. Which of the following is the chief characteristic of mixed farming ? (a) Cultivation of both cash crops and food

crops (b) Cultivation of two or more crops in the

same field (c) Rearing of animals and cultivation of crops

together (d) None of the above

Answer: C Booklet no -2 , Indian and world geography.

Chapter 6, land use and agriculture (the gist of N.C.E.R.T)

Mixed farming is the combining crop cultivation with livestock farming.

31.

54. Consider the following factors: 1. Rotation of the Earth 2. Air pressure and wind 3. Density of ocean water 4. Revolution of the Earth Which of the above factors influence the ocean currents?

(a)1 and 2 only (b) 1, 2 and 3 (c)1 and 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4

Answer: B Booklet no -2, Indian and world geography

Chapter no -20, hydrosphere

Except the factor revolution of the earth, the other three factors are responsible for the ocean currents.

32.

56. Consider the following crops of India: 1. Groundnut 2. Sesamum 3. Pearl millet Which of the above is/are predominantly rainfed crop/crops?

(a)1 and 2 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c)3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: D Booklet no 2, Indian and world geography

Chapter 10, India physical and chapter no -6, land use and agriculture.(gist of n.c.e.r.t)

33.

58. Normally, the temperature decreases with the increase in height from the Earth s surface, because 1. the atmosphere can be heated upwards only

from the Earth s surface 2. there is more moisture in the upper

atmosphere 3. the air is less dense in the upper

atmosphere Select the correct answer using the codes

given below (a)1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c)1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: C Booklet no 2, Indian and world geography

Chapter 18, atmosphere

34.

60. In India, other than ensuring that public funds are used efficiently and for intended purpose, what is the importance of the office of the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG)?

1. CAG exercises exchequer control on behalf of the Parliament when the President of India declares national emergency/financial emergency.

2. CAG reports on the execution of projects or programmes by the ministries are discussed by the Public Accounts Committee.

Answer: C Booklet no 7, Indian polity

Chapter 26, comptroller and auditor general of India




3. Information from CAG reports can be used by investigating agencies to press charges against those who have violated the law while managing public finances.

4. While dealing with the audit and accounting of government companies, CAG has certain judicial powers for prosecuting those who violate the law.


(a)1, 3 and 4 only (b) 2 only (c)2 and 3 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

35.

61. The endeavour of Janani Suraksha Yojana Programme is

1. to promote institutional deliveries 2. to provide monetary assistance to the

mother to meet the cost of delivery. 3. to provide for wage loss due to pregnancy

and confinement Which of the statements given above is/are

correct? (a)1 and 2 only (b) 2 only (c)3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: A


The objective of the programme is to promote institutional deliveries and to provide monetary assistance to the mother to meet the cost of delivery

36.

62. The Prime Minister of India, at the time of his/her appointment

(a) need not necessarily be a member of one of the Houses of the Parliament but must become a member of one of the Houses within six months

(b) need not necessarily be a member of one of the Houses of the Parliament but must become a member of the Lok Sabha within six months

(c) must be a member of one of the Houses of the Parliament

(d) must be a member of the Lok Sabha

Answer: A Booklet no -7, Indian polity


He either has to be a current member of one of the houses of parliament, or be elected within six months of being appointed

37.

63. With reference to the Delimitation Commission, consider the following statements:

1. The orders of the Delimitation Commission cannot be challenged in a Court of Law.

2. When the orders of the Delimitation Commission are laid before the Lok Sabha or State Legislative Assembly, they cannot effect any modifications in the orders.


(a)1 only (b) 2 only (c)Both 1 and 2 (d)Neither 1 nor 2

Answer: C Booklet no -7, Indian polity

Chapter -27, delimitation of constituencies

The orders of the commission have the force of law and cannot be called in question before any court of law

38.

65. According to the Constitution of India, it is the duty of the President of India to cause to be laid before the Parliament which of the following?

1. The Recommendations of the Union Finance Commission

2. The Report of the Public Accounts Committee

3. The Report of the Comptroller and Auditor General.

4. The Report of the National Commission for Scheduled Castes Select the correct answer using the codes given below

(a)1 only (b) 2 and 4only (c)1, 3 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4


Chapter 13 parliament of India

Pac is a parliamentary committee under the control of the speaker, it is one of the watchdog committee of the parliament, government take action on the recommendation of the committee.

39.

66. A deadlock between the Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha calls for a joint sitting of the Parliament during the passage of

1. Ordinary Legislation 3. Money Bill 4. Constitution Amendment Bill


Chapter 13 parliament of India

No joint sitting is possible in case of money bill and constitutional amendmend bill face deadlock.




Select the correct answer codes given below:


40.

68. Which of the following is/are among the Fundamental Duties of citizens laid down in the Indian Constitution?

1. To preserve the rich heritage of our composite culture

2. To protect the weaker sections from social injustice 3. To develop the scientific temper and spirit of inquiry

3. To strive towards excellence in all spheres of individual and collective activity


(a)1 and 2 only (b) 2 only (c)1, 3 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4


Chapter 6, fundamental duties

41.

69. What is the provision to safeguard the autonomy of the Supreme Court of India?

1. While appointing the Supreme Court Judges, the President of India has to consult the Chief Justice of India.

2. The Supreme Court Judges can be removed by the Chief Justice of India only.

3. The salaries of the Judges are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India to which the legislature does not have to vote.

4. All appointments of officers and staffs of the Supreme Court of India are made by the Government only after consulting the Chief Justice of India.


(a)1 and 3 only (b) 3 and 4 only (c)4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4


Chapter 15, the judiciary

42.

70. To meet its rapidly growing energy demand, some opine that India should pursue research and development on thorium as the future fuel of nuclear energy. In this context, what advantage does thorium hold over uranium?

1. Thorium is far more abundant in nature than uranium.

2. On the basis of per unit mass of mined mineral, thorium can generate more energy compared to natural uranium.

3. Thorium produces less harmful waste compared to uranium.



Answer: D Booklet no 8 S&T

Chapter 3, atomic research.

Thorium is three times more abundant in nature than uranium. Thorium-based reactors are safer because the reaction can easily be stopped and because the operation does not have to take place under extreme pressures. Compared to uranium reactors, thorium reactors produce far less waste and the waste that is generated is much less radioactive and much shorter-lived.

43.

73. What are the reasons for the people s resistance to the introduction of Bt brinjal in India?

1. Bt brinjal has been created by inserting a gene from a soil fungus into its genome.

2. The seeds of Bt brinjal are terminator seeds and therefore, the farmers have to buy the seeds before every season from the seed companies.

3. There is an apprehension that the consumption of Bt brinjal may have adverse impact on health.

4. There is some concern that the introduction of Bt brinjal may have adverse effect on the biodiversity.


(a)1, 2 and 3 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c)3 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Answer: C


Bt brinjal, a genetically modified strain created by india s number one seeds company mahyco in collaboration with american multinational monsanto, claims to improve yields and help the agriculture sector.

44. 75. Consider the following statements: Answer: A Booklet no 3, Chapter 3, Dadabhai naroji spoke about the




The most effective contribution made by Dadabhai Naoroji to the cause of Indian National Movement was that he

1. exposed the economic exploitation of India by the British

2. interpreted the ancient Indian texts and restored the self-confidence of Indians

3. stressed the need for eradication of all the social evils before anything else



Indian history economic impact of the British

apparent lack of growth and development of Indian economy in the colonial period.

45.

79. The Rowlatt Act aimed at (a) compulsory economic support to war

efforts (b) imprisonment without trial and summary

procedures for trial (c) suppression of the Khilafat Movement (d) imposition of restrictions on freedom of the

press

Answer: B Booklet no 3, Indian history


46.

80. The Lahore Session of the Indian National Congress (1929) is very important in history, because

1. the Congress passed a resolution demanding complete independence

2. the rift between the extremists and moderates was resolved in that Session

3. a resolution was passed rejecting the two-nation theory in that Session


(a) 1 only (b) 2 and 3 (c) 1 and 3 (d) None of the above

Answer: A Booklet no 3, Indian history


47.

83. Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding Brahmo Samaj?

1. It opposed idolatry. 2. It denied the need for a priestly class for

interpreting the religious texts. 3. It popularized the doctrine that the Vedas

are infallible Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a)1 only (b)1 and 2 only (c)3 only (d)1, 2 and 3

Answer: B Booklet no 3, Indian history

Chapter Indian renaissance and reform movement

48.

84. The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) acts as a bankers bank. This would imply which of the following?

1. Other banks retain their deposits with the RBI.

2. The RBI lends funds to the commercial banks in times of need.

3. The RBI advises the commercial banks on monetary matters.


(a)2, and 3 only (b) 1 and 2 only (c)1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 3

Answer: D Booklet no -6, Indian economy

Chapter -10, banking system in India

49.

86. Which of the following measures would result in an increase in the money supply in the economy?

1. Purchase of government securities from the public by the Central Bank

2. Deposit of currency in commercial banks by the public

3. Borrowing by the government from the Central Bank

4. Sale of government securities to the public

Answer: C Booklet no -6, Indian economy

Chapter 4, monetary and credit policy

Deposit of currency in commercial bank and sale of government securities will lead to the shortage of money in the market.




by the Central Bank Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a)1 only (b)2 and 4 only (c)1 and 3 (d)2, 3 and 4

50.

87. Which of the following would include Foreign Direct Investment in India?

1. Subsidiaries of foreign companies in India 2. Majority foreign equity holding in Indian

companies 3. Companies exclusively financed by foreign

companies 4. Portfolio investment Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a)1, 2, 3 and 4 (b) 2 and 4 only (c)1 and 3 only (d)1, 2 and 3 only

Answer: D Booklet no -6, Indian economy

Chapter -5, money market and capital market in india

In fdi foreign capital come in the form of equity inflow with stake. Where as portfolio investment (like fii) has no say in the management

51.

89. In the areas covered under the Panchayat (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act, 1996, what is the role/power of Gram Sabha?

1. Gram Sabha has the power to prevent alienation of land in the Scheduled Areas.

2. Gram Sabha has the ownership of minor forest produce.

3. Recommendation of Gram Sabha is required for granting prospecting licence or mining lease for any mineral in the Scheduled Areas.



Answer: D Booklet no 7, Indian polity

Chapter-22, panchayatraj institution

52.

90. In the Parliament of India, the purpose of an adjournment motion is

(a) to allow a discussion on a definite matter of urgent public importance

(b) to let opposition members collect information from the ministers

(c) to allow a reduction of specific amount in demand for grant

(d) to postpone the proceedings to check the inappropriate or violent behaviour on the part of some members

Answer: A Booklet no 7, Indian polity

Chapter 13, parliament of India

A matter of urgent public importance can be brought before the legislature and discussed through adjournment motion by interrupting its regular business

53.

91. How does National Biodiversity Authority (NB(A) help in protecting the Indian agriculture?

1. NBA checks the biopiracy and protects the indigenous and traditional genetic resources.

2. NBA directly monitors and supervises the scientific research on genetic modification of crop plants.

2. Application for intellectual Property Rights related to genetic/biological resources cannot be made without the approval of NBA.



Answer: A


54.

92. The National Green Tribunal Act, 2010 was enacted in consonance with which of the following provisions of the Constitution of India?

1. Right to healthy environment, construed as a part of Right to life under Article 21.

2. Provision of grants for raising the level of administration in the Scheduled Areas for

Answer: A





the welfare of Scheduled Tribes under Article 275(1)

3. Powers and functions of Gram Sabha as mentioned under Article 243(A)



55.

94. Consider the following provisions under the Directive Principles of State Policy as enshrined in the Constitution of India:

1. Securing for citizens of India a uniform civil code.

2. Organizing village Panchayats 3. Promoting cottage industries in rural areas 4. Securing for all the workers reasonable

leisure and cultural opportunities Which of the above are the Gandhian

Principles that are reflected in the Directive Principles of State Policy?

(a)1, 2 and 4 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c)1, 3 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4

Answer: B Booklet no -7, Indian polity

Chapter -7, directive principles of state policy

Gandhian principles are reflected in article 40: establishment of village panchayat, and article 43: promotion of cottage industry

56.

95. Consider the following statements: 1. Union Territories are not represented in the

Rajya Sabha. 2. It is within the purview of the Chief

Election Commissioner to adjudicate the election disputes.

3. According to the Constitution of India, the Parliament consists of the Lok Sabha and the Rajya Sabha only.


(a)1 only (b) 2 and 3 only (c)1 and 3 only (d) None

Answer: D Booklet no -7, Indian polity Chapter -3,21,13

57.

98. Which of the following are included in the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court?

1. A dispute between the Government of India and one or more States.

2. A dispute regarding elections to either House of the Parliament or that of Legislature of a State

3. A dispute between the Government of India and a Union Territory

4. A dispute between two or more States. Select the correct answer using the codes

given below: (a)1 and 2 (b) 2 and 3 (c)1 and 4 (d) 3 and 4


Chapter -15, the judiciary

In article 131, the original jurisdiction of the supreme court has been mentation.




SAMPLE MATERIAL

OF OUR STUDY

KIT PAPER I

GEOGRAPHY



INDIA PHYSICAL

INTRODUCTONIMPORTANT MOUNTAIN RANGES KARKAKORAM RANGES

Extend from the Pamir, east of the Gilgit Rier, 600 kmlong and the average width - 120-140 km.Ancient name was Krishnagiri.Grans Himalaya, originally a part of Eurasian plate.Abode of largest glaciers in India.Siachen, Baltoro, Biafo, and Hisper glaciers.Highest Peak (in India): K2 or Godwin Austen (8611m).Other Important Peaks: Gasherbrum I or Hidden Peak,Broad Peak and Gasherbrum II.In the northern limit of Karakoram Range lies thePamir, the Aghil Mountains, and Yarkand River and inthe southern limit lies the River Indus and its tributaryShyok.

LADDAKH RANGE

Situated to the northof the Indus TsangpoSuture Zone (ITSZ)and south ofKarakoram, betweenRiver Indus andShyok.Highest Peak: Mt.Rakaposhi (steepestpeak in the world).

1. Great Himalaya or HimadariNorthern most part of the Himalayan Range is the world s highest part with an average altitude of 6100 mabove sea level.Include the world s highest peak, Mt. Everest (8,848 m) and other high peaks-Makalu (8,481 m), Mansalu(8,156 m), Annapurna (8,,078 m) and also the Indian peak Manghenjunga (8,598 m) and Nanga Parbat(8,126 m).Includes some famous passes Burzil and Zozi La in Kashmir, Shipki La and Bara Lapcha La in HimachalPradesh, Thaga La, Niti Pass, and Lipu Lekh in U.P., Jelep La and Nathu La in Sikkim.

ZASKAR RANGESituated on the western part of the Greater Himlaya and to the south of Trans Himalaya.

Nanaga Parbat (8,126 m)Forms the north-west part of Zaskar Range but geographically confined to Kashmir-Himachal Pradesh-Garhwal region.Second highest peak of the Himalayan Range in India.

Dhaulagiri (8,172 m)Eastern continuation of Nanga Parbat and is located in Nepal.




CLASSIFICATION OF HIMALAYA ON THE BASIS OF GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION

NAME LOCATION DISTANCE

Punjab Himalaya Between Indus and Satluj 560 km

Kumaon Himalaya Between Satluj and Kali 320 km

Nepal Himalaya Between Kali and Tista 800 km

Assam Himalaya Between Tista and Dihang 720 km

3. Siwalik RangeEstends from Jammu & Kashmir(150 km wide) to Arunchal Pradesh(8-15 km) over 2400 km.Also known as Sub-Himalaya orOuter Himalaya.Northern limit Main BoundaryThrust which separates OuterHimalaya from the Lesser Himalaya.Its southern limit is Indo GangeticPlain.Youngest part of mountain chain,stretching from the Brahmputra tothe Indus.

2. Lesser Himalaya or HimachalLying to the north of Siwalik Range they areseparated from the Siwalik Range by DunsDehradun, Kothridun and Patlidun.

(I) PIR PANJAL RANGE

Located in Kashmir Punjab and extends fromthe Jhelum River to the upper Beas River forover 300 km.Separated from the Zaskar Range by the valleyof Kashmir.

(II)DHAULADHAR

Southern most range of the Lessers Himalaya.Rarely attains elevations higher than 4,000 m.Continue eastward into Mahabharat Range.




PURVU NEPA

(i) Mishmi HillsThe highest range of Purvanchal Hills which is situated in the north-eastern part ofArunachal Pradesh.

(ii) Patkai BumA synclinal range extending north-south in Arunchal Pradesh and Nagaland.

NAGA RANGES

Forms the Watershed between Nagaland and Myanmar.MANIPUR HILLS

Characterised by ridge and valley type of topography.Loktak lake (centripetal drainage) is situated in this hill.

NORTH CACHAR HILLS

Larger portion of hilly belt lying between Meghalaya and the North eastern ranges.MIZO HILLS

Previously known as Lushai HillsCharacterised by cuesta type of topography.

TRIPURA HILLS

Characterised by ridge and valley topography.

THE PURVANCHAL(The North Eastern Highland)

The Himalaya range after crossing the Dihang gorge in the east, bends southwards, forming aseries of hills in north south trend.They are divided into six physiographic region-Purvu-NEFA (Mishmi hills, Patkai Bum), Nagaland,the Manipur Hills, North Cachar Hills, Mizo Hills and the Tripura Hills.




The Northern Plains of IndiaEast-west east 2,400 km Largest alluvial tract of the world, extending from the mouth(3,200 km if the Indus plains of Indus to the mouth of Ganga between Peninsular plateauare included and the northern are of the mountains.Average width: 150-300 km. Alluvial in nature, and are composed or Bhangar (old

alluvium), Khadar (new alluvium) in river bed, Bhabar(porous gravel ridden plains at the foot of Himalaya) andTerai (dam, thickly forest area, where bhabar stream reappears.

SUBDIVISION OF GREAT PLAINSTHE RAJASTHAN PLAIN Thar of Great Indian Desert is the wasternmost region of GreatExtent : 650 km long. Indian Plains in the western Rajasthan.Average width : 250-300 A semi and plain, lying to the east of Thar desert is known askm wide Rajasthan Bagar.

The Luni si the only southwest flowing river of this region.The Sambhar (largest), the Kuncman, and the Didwana areimportant lakes situated to the north of Luni Basin.

THE PUNJAB HARYANA PLAINS Extends from Punjab in the west to Yamuna River (Haryana) inthe east.

Extent : 640 km from north- Land of five rivers-is primary made up of doabs -the land betweenwest to southeast and 300 two rivers .km in east west direction. They are composed by Bets (Khadar plains) and Dhaya (Heavily

gullied bluffs).THE GANGA PLAINS The largest Great Plain stretching from Delhi to Kolkata across

the states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and West Bengal.The Ganga and its tributaries like Yamuna, Ghagra, Gomti, Kosi,Son deposit large amount of alluvium and make this extensiveplain more fertile.They comprise of Ganga Yamuna Doab in the west, to the east ofthis Doab are the Rohilkhan plains which merges with Avadhplain in the east.

THE BRAHMPUTRA PLAIN The low level plains formed by the Brahmaputra river system issitated between Eastern Himalaya (Arunchal Pradesh) in thenorth, Patkai and Naga hills in the east, Garo-Khasi-Jaintia andMikir Hills and lower Ganga Plain and Indo-Bangaledesh borderin the west.




Peninsular Mountains

THE ARAVALLI RANGE Extending from the north east to the sout-west of India andseparates the semi-deset regions of Rajasthan from the fertileUdaipur and Jaipur region.

Total length : 700 km. It is an example of relict mountain.Highest peak : Guru Shikhar One of the Most oldest fold mountains in the world.(1,722 m) on the Abu Hills.

VINDHYAN RANGE A block mountain which separates northern Indian from thesouthern mainland.




Composed of sandstones, shales and quartzites.

Western part of the range is chiefly composed of Basalt.

South of it, Narmada River flows in the rift valley.

Acts s a natural watershed between north and south India.

SATPURA RANGE Extending in east west direction, to the south of Vindhyans.

Highest peak : Dhupgarh Starting from Rajpipala hills in the west through Mahadeo hills

(1,350 m) near Pachmarhi. to Maikal ranges.

Average elevation : 1,030 m

above sea level.

MAIKAL RANGE Eastern part of Satpura system is situated in Madhya Pradesh.

Mount Amarkantak is the highest peak.

AJANTA RANGE, BALAGHAT RANGE, Extending in east west direction, are all spurs of Western GhatsAND HARISH CHANDRA RANGE forming local watershed.

Kalsubai (1,646 m), the highest peak of Western Ghat, is locatedin Harish Chandra Range.

NILGIRI HILLS It is the meeting point of Western and Eastern Ghats.

Doba Betta (2,637 m) is the highest peak of Nilgiri Hills.

The hills are separated from southern hills by a gap calledPalghat Gap.

ANNAIMALAI HILLS Anai Mudi (2,695 m), the highest peak of South India is inAnnaimalai Hills.

CARDAMOM HILLS It is situated in the extreme south of Peninsular India.

Formed of gneisses and schists.

RAJMAHAL HILLS Extends in north south direction and is situated in thenortheastern edge of Chhotanagpur Plateau.

SAHYADRIS (WESTERN GHATS) Runs along the western coastal plain from the south of valleyof Tapi to Kanniyakumari, the southern most point of mainlandIndia.

Total length : about 1600 km. The northern section is made up of horizontal sheets of lava,producing a typical trappean like landscape.

Average height : 1200 m. The Western Ghats meet with Eastern Ghats in the Nilgirihills.

Highest Peak : Kalsubai Acts as a main watershed of Peninsular rivers.(1646 m).

EASTERN GHATS Runs along the eastern coast of India from northern Orissa tothe Nilgiri Hills.

Characterised by unbroken hills between Mahanadi andGodavari.

Mahendragiri (1501 m) is the highest peak of Eastern Ghats.

Nallamalai Hills and Velikonda are other prominent ranges.




The Indian Plateau

BUNDELKHAND BHANDER, BAGHEL AND MALWA PLATEAU

These highlands are situated to the north ofNarmada rift vallye.Bundelkhand Plateau is a part of centralhighlands and is composed of granite andgneisses.Malwa plateau is an example of dissected lavaplateau, which is covered with black soil.

MEGHALAYA PLATEAU

It comprises of Garo, Khasi andJaintia Hills.Originally a part of Peninsularplateau.Garo-Rajmahal Gap separates it fromthe main block of peninsular plateau.




CHOTANAGPUR PLATEAU

Highest Peak - Parasnath (1,366 m) in theHazaribagh Plateau.

Situated in the north eastern part ofIndian Plateau includes the region ofJharkhand, adjoining Chhattisgarh andWest Bengal.It consists of the Ranchi Plateau in thesouth, the Hazaribagh Plateau in thenorth, and the Rajmahal Hills in thenorthwest.Described as the Ruhr of IndiaPat lands are one of the chiefcharacteristics of Chotanagpur Plateau.Very rich in mineral resources.

DECCAN PLATEAU

South of the Satpura Range in the peninsula iscalled the Deccan Plateau.

(1) The Deccan Lava Plateau RegionNorthwestern part of Deccan Plateau is the regionof basaltic lava.It includes the Western Ghats north of 160 northlatitude, plateau of Maharashtra (except the eastof Nagpur) and the adjoining parts of MadhyaPradesh, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh.

(2) Telengana PlateauPart of the Deccan Plateau, comprises of theinterior region of Andhra Pradesh.North of Krishna River is the plateau of Telangana.South of the Krishna River, lying in the Rayalseemaplateau region.

THE EAST COASTAL PLAIN

Extends from the deltaic plains of the Ganga in thenorth to Kanniyakumari in the south for 1100 kmwith an average width of 100 to 130km.

(I) UTKAL COAST

Extends for about 400 km from a little north ofSubarnarekha river of the Ganga of the Mahanadidelta.

(II) ANDHRA GOASTAL PLAINS

Extends from the southern limit of Utkal plains toPulicat lake (Andhra Pradesh).It has large deltas of the Krishna and the Godavaririvers.

(III)TAMIL NADU PLAINS

Extends about 675 km, from the north of Chennaito Kanniyakumari in the south.It has the deltaic plains of Cauvery and is popularlycalled, the Granary of South India.

THE WEST COASTAL PLAIN

Runs from Rann of Kachchh toKanniyakumari and are confined to anarrow belt about 10-15 km wide.

KATHIAWAR COAST

Extends from Rann of Kuchchh toDaman in the south.

KONKAN COAST (Total length : 500 km)The West Coastal Plain between Damanin the north and Goa in the south inexample of coast of submergence dueto vertical movements, and isconsequently dissected.

Malabar CoastExtends from Goa in the north toKanniyakumari in the south is acoastline of emergence.Southern coastal region receives morerainfall during summer monsoonseason.

(3) The Karnataka PlateauSituated to the south of Deccan Lava Region.Malnad and Maidan are two physiographic regions of Karnataka Plateau.

(i) MalnadHilly and dissected plateau region about 35 km wide lying close to the Western Ghats. Thehighest hills is the Bababudan group.

(ii) MaidanSituated in the eastern part of Malnad, relatively large rolling plains with low granitic hills.




Important Lagoons and LakesNAME STATE INFORMATION

Kayals Kerala Popularly called backwaters in Kerala, on theMalabar coast.A chain of lakes which are connected with eachother by canals.(Peaty soils of backwaters are called Kari in Kerala).

Vembnad Lake Kerala Large sized backwater of Kerala, have fertile(Largest Kayal alluvial islands. It is 75 km long and 5-10 km wide

enclosed by a spit.

Chilka Lake Orissa Situated to the south west of the Mahanadi Delta.Maximum length - 64 km Enclosed by the sand pit, has an opening which

permits sea-connection.Maximum breath - 20 km Largest brackish water lake in Asia.Average width - 150 km

Fresh Water Lakes

Wullar Lake Jammu and Largest fresh water lake of India.Kashmir

Kolleru Lake Andhra Pradesh A part of the southern border of Andhra Pradesh.60 km long and 60 km Lagoon formed due to enclosure by sand spit nowin the widest part. called Sriharikota islands.

Jaisamand Lake Rajasthan Largest fresh water lake of Rajasthan.

Nakki Lake Rajasthan A small natural lake near Mt. Abu surrounded byhills, important as tourist place.

Loktak Lake Manipur Site of hydroelectricity power generation.An example of centripetal drainage.

Saline Water Lakes

Sambhar Lake Rajasthan Largest Lake of Rajasthan lies on the border ofJaipur and Nagaur District.Sodium chloride (common salt) and sodium sulphateare produced fainly by the Hindustan Salt Ltd.

Deedwana Lake Rajasthan Situated near Deedwana Town of Nagaur District.

Important GulfsNAME SEPARATES LOCATION INFORMATION

Gulf of Kachchh Kachchh and Kathiawar West of Gujarat Region with highest potential of tidalPeninsula energy generation.

Gulf of Cambay Kathiawar Peninsula Gujarat Tapi, Narmada, Mahi and Sabarmatiand Gujarat river drain into the Gulf.

Gulf of Mannar Sri Lanka and Southern South east of Asia s first marine biosphereIndia reserve.




INDIA THEMATIC MAPS

INDIA GEOLOGY




Geology Time Scale

HOLOCENE

PLEISTOCENE From upper Pliocene to Upliftment of Outer Himalays (Siwalik).Plistocene.

Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) formed.

PLIOCENE From Miocene to Plioceen. Main Central Thrust (MCT) formed.

MIOCENE Upliftment of Lesser Himalaya (SecondPhase).

OLIGOCENE From Eocene to Oligocene. Upliftment of Central Himalaya.EOCENE

PALAEOCENE From late Cretaceous Collision of Indian and Eurasion plateto Eocene. begins. (Continent collision) Indus

Tsangpo Suture Zone formed (ITSZ)formed.

CRETACEOUS Extensive eruption of basalt leading to(LATE) formation of Deccan Lava Plateau.

Enclosure of Tethys which startedshrinking.

UPPER From Caboniferous to Deposition in three great graben likePermian. basin-Mahanadi, Damodar and Godavari

known as Gondwana deposits. (Regionwith rich cola reserves).

LOWER From Cambrian to Formation conspicusouly absent.Carboniferous (Early).

UPPER Vindhyan syneclise - devoid ofPROTEROZOIC metalliferous minerals.

Vindhyan Mountain formed of shales,slates, clay and limestone.

MIDDLE Satpura, Shillong Plateau.PROTEROZOIC

Formation and deposition in Cuddapahdepression.

EARLYPROTERZOIC Delhi and Aravalli orogeny took place.

CLOSE ARCHEAN Dharwar system cover whole length ofKarnataka.

(Region with iron ore reserves).

LATE ARCHEAN Peninsular Gneiss and Eastern Ghatformation.

MIDDLE Singhbhum and Keonjhar Orogeny (richARCHEAN iron ore reserves).







Physiographic Regions

MAJOR DIVISIONS CRITERIA FOR DIVISION

Western Himalaya(i) Jammu and Kashmir state Comparatively cool, arid and semi-arid over a

large area. Rains during summer season occursonly over a small area in the southern part.

(ii) Punjab and Kumaon Wetter, more densely forested and more thicklypopulated region than Jammu and Kashmir state

Himalaya Region (between Neapl in the east toJammu and Kashmir in the north west.

Assam Region - includes

Arunchala Pradesh, Nagaland, ManipurMizoram, Meghalaya, Tripura and Assam.

(i) Assam Himalaya.

(ii) The Brahmaputra or Assam Valley.

(iii) The Meghalaya Hills of Shillong Plateau It is part of Peninsular plateau and structurallyincluding the Garo, Khasi, Jaintia and Mikir. a granitic block.

(iv) The Eastern Highlands Young fold mountains running from North to South.

The Plains of Northern India Rainfall is the main criterion used for dividingthis alluvial plain into regions.

(i) The West Bengal Plain. Rice and Jute producing area.

(ii) The West Bengal duars and the Wetter than West Bengal Plain, semi-evergreenSikkim, Darjeeling, Himalaya forest and tea plantation.

(iii) The Ganga Plain Decrease in the amount of summer rainfall in the west.

Comprising alluvial palin of U.P. and Bihar

(iv) The Punjab-Haryana Plain Extensive well-irrigation coupled with canal-irrigation in the northern districts.

Situated to the west of Yamuna and North ofarid and semi-arid Rajasthan desert.

(v) The Rajasthan desert Region deficient in rainfall. Entirely different in characterfrom the highly wet plains of the Ganga and Brahmaputra.

Situated to the west of Aravalli.

The Indian PlateauDeccan Lava Region Receives annual rainfall. Entirely 50 cm and 100 cm. Region

has Black soil and produces cotton, jowar and groundnut.

Includes plateau area of Maharashtra and neigh-bouring states of M.P., A.P. and Karnataka.

The North Western Plateau and the Aravalli Receives less rainfall during summer than the Deccan lavaRange region and is relatively coller in winter.

Situatled to the north of Deccan lava region.

The Karnataka Plateau Relatively cooler in summer than neighbouring areas dueto its high elevation.

Situtated to the East of Karnatak state.

The North Eastern Plateau Region is very rich in minerals.

Situated to the east of the Deccan lava regionand includes interior parts of Orissa, theJharkhand Plateau and eastern M.P.




The Coastal lowlands More productive soils, heavier rainfall and betterirrigation facilities than the Indian Plateau.

Eastern Coastal Region(i) Coastal Plains of Andhra Pradesh

and Orissa.(ii) Tamil Nadu Region.Western Coastal Region Receives rainfall during winter also.(i) Gujarat Region North of Daman(ii) The Konkan Region between Daman Largely semi-arid, millet and cotton producing region.

in the north and Goa in the south.Dominated by port and industries of Mumbai.

(iii) Goa and littoral of Karnataka, Kerala. Plantation and wet crops producing region.




India-Major Soil Types

SOIL TYPE FORMATION CHARACTERISTICS REGION & STATES

Alluvila Soil Formed due to deposition Very fertile soil, rich in Northern plains or river basin:Distribution: 7.7 of alluvium brought by potash and lime, deficient Punjab, Haryana, eastern partlakh km2 (24% of rivers over millions of years. in humus, nitrogen and of Rajasthan, Gujarat, U.P.,the country s total Newer alluvium is called phosphorus. Bihar, West Bengal, Orissa,andarea) khadar and and older allu- vallyes of Narmuda, Tapti,

Terai soil : Bhabar Mahanadi, Godvari, KrishnaInfertile soil : Usar Cauvery, Brahmaputra.

Black Cotton soil Formed from Deccan lava, Black in colour due to It covers plateaus of Maharash-or Regur Soil. gneiss and granite. presence of Fe and Mg tra, Saurashtra, Malwa Nor-Distribution : Deficient in nitrogen thern Karnataka, parts of5.18 lakh km2 (16% phosphoric acid and Rajasthan (two district-Bundiof the country s organic matter. Rich in and Tonk), central and Southtotal area). potash, lime aluminium Tamil nadu.

and Calcium.

Red Soil The soil developed on old Red colour due to presence Larger parts of Tamil Nadu,

Distribution: crystalline rock under mode- of Fe. eastern Andhra Pradesh and

5.18 lakh km2 (16% rate to heavy rainfall. It is Deficient in organic matter, Karnataka.of the country s different shades of Red and phosphorus, nitrogen and Southern parts of Maharashtra,total area). Yellow. lime content. Potash and Chhattishgarh, parts of Orissa

alumina content are and Chhotanagpur regon.satisfactory.Acidic like laterite but lessleached than laterite soil.

Laterite Soil The laterite soil is a result More acidic on higher areas Tropical humid areas whereDistribution : of intense leaching due to Presence of hydrated rainfall is more than 200 cm eg.,1.26 lakh km2 heavy tropical rains with oxides of Al and Fe Defi- hills of Karnataka, Kerala and

alternate wet and dry cient in nitrogen, potash, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal,seasons. magnesium and Maharashtra and slopes of

phosphoric acid. Eastern Ghats.

Arid or Desert Sand and wind blown. Deficient in humus and South-west Punjab, southernSoil Weathering due to high nitrogen, rich in Haryana, western RajasthanDistribution : temperature help in the phosphorus. and Rann of Kachchh in

formation of these soils. Gujarat.Developed under arid or Due to less leachingsemiarid conditions in the mineral content is high.north western part of thecountry.

Mountain Soils Formed by the deposition of Rich in humus but deficient Himalayan region of Jammuorganic matter derived from in potash, phosphorus and and Kashmir, Himachalthe forest growth. Charac- lime. Most suitable for Pradesh. Also in Western andterstic of soil varies with plantation crops like tea, Eastern Ghats as well as invariation of rocks, ground coffee, etc. some region of Peninsular

plateau.

Peaty and Developed in hot humid Dark and almost black in They are confined to depressionOrganic conditions as a result of colour, very strongly acidic caused by dreid lakes in alluvial

accumulation of large and saline. and coastal plains areas andamount of organic matter. developed under water logged

environments. For example,Regions, like Kari in Kerala,Tamil Nadu, coastal Orissa,West Bengal and Bihar.




Questions

1. Which of the following are correct?i) In the Hot wet equatorial climate there is no

winterii) The diurnal and the annual range of

temperature is smalla) i b) i ic) both i and ii d) none

2. Which of the following are incorrect?i) Amazon tropical rainforest are known as

Selvasii) Trees of single species are found

a) i b) i ic) none d) all

3. Which of the following are correct?i) In the tropical monsoon climate the trees are

mostly deciduousii) Rainfall is mostly received through moisture

laden south west monsoon windsa) i b) i ic) none d) both

4. Which of the following are incorrect?i) The Savanna climate is characterized by

distinct wet and dry seasonsii) Mean high temperature are between 27-30

degreesa) i b) i ic) both d) none

5. Which of the following are correct?i) The Sahara desert is the largest singles

stretch desertii) The next biggest desert is the Great

Australian deserta) Both b) ic) i i d) none

6. Which of the following are correct?i) The vegetation in the desert type climate is

Xerophyticii) Plants in deserts have no leaves

a) i b) i ic) both d) none

7. Which of the following are incorrect?i) The Mediterranean accounts for 70% of the

worlds exports of citrus fruitsii) Viticulture is widely followed here

a) i b) i ic) none d) both

8. Which of these are correct?i) In Eurasia the grasslands are called Steppesii) In North America the grasslands are called

Prairiesa) i b) Both i and iic) i i d) none

9. Which of the following are incorrect?i) The climate of China is a modified form of

monsoon climate thus called China typeii) It is also referred to as Gulf type climate

a) None b) ic) i i d) both

10. Which of the following are correct?i) Rice, tea and mulberries are grown in

monsoon chinaii) The Chinese peasant raise wet padi or swamp

ricea) i and ii b) Nonec) i i d) i only

11. Which of the following are incorrect?i) The cool temperate western margin climate

is also called European Maritime Climateii) The natural vegetation of this type is

deciduous foresta) i b) i ic) none d) i & ii

12. Which of the following are incorrect?i) Wheat is most extensively grown in the cool

temperate zoneii) Fishing is important in Britain, Norway and

British Columbiaa) i b) i ic) both d) none




13. Which of the following is correct?i) The cool temperate climate merges into the

Arctic tundra at the polesii) Southward it fades into the temperate Steppe

a) Both b) ic) i i d) none

14. Which of the following are incorrect?i) The Siberian climate is bitterly cold and of

long durationii) The lowest temperature in the world is

recorded at Verkhoyansk.a) i b) i ic) none d) i & ii

15. Which of the following are correct?i) The worlds greatest softwood producers are

USSR, USA, Canadaii) The coniferous forest belts of Eurasia and

North America are richest sources of softwooda) i and ii b) ic) i i d) none

16. Which of the following are incorrect?i) The cool temperate (laurentian type) climate

is an intermediate type climate betweenBritish and Siberian type

ii) It has features of both maritime andcontinental climatea) i and ii b) i ic) none d) i

17. Which of the following is correct?i) Lumbering is a major occupation of Cool

temperate zoneii) Timber is a leading export item

a) i b) i ic) none d) both

18. Which of the following are correct?i) There are no trees in the Tundraii) Only lowest form of vegetation found in

Tundra is mosses, lichena) i b) i and iic) None d) i i

19. Which of the following are incorrect?i) The people of Tundra lead a semi normadic

life

ii) They live in igloosa) i b) i ic) none d) both

20. Which of the following are correct?i) People in Tundra live as hunters, food

gatherersii) Fish, seal, walrus and polar bears are their

fooda) i b) i ic) Both d) none

21. Which of the following is an area ofevergreen forest?a) Amazon basinb) Zaire Basinc) South Easter asiad) All

22. Which of the following is an example ofdesert vegetationa) Temperate grasslandsb) Coniferous forestc) Acacia and Cactusd) Mosses and Lichens

23. Which of the following is not a minorproduct derived from foresta) Nuts and gumsb) Taninc) Terpentined) Pulp

24. Which of the following does notcharacterize Selvas

a) Ever green forestb) They have suffered destruction from manc) Commercial utilization of these forest is

difficult25. Which of the forest is mostly used for

gatheringa) Tundra b) Wet tropicalc) Dry tropical d) Temperate

26. Which is the most common areas fornormadic herdinga) Cool humid regionb) Rainy area




c) Dry aread) Hot humid area

27. Which of the forests are used for logginga) Tropical softwoodb) Tropical hardwoodc) Temperate softwoodd) Mediterranean

28. How much of the world are is under foresta) More than 25% b) 15-20c) Less than 15 d) 20-25

29. Which is an example of temperatehardwooda) Pine b) Firc) Cidar d) Oak

30. The lowest ever temperature was recordedina) Antartica b) Canadac) Siberia d) Greenland

31. Which one is wrongly matcheda) Veddas-Nepalb) Papuans-New Guineac) Kikuyu-Kenyad) Pygmies-Zaire

32. Which of the following are not pastoralnormadsa) Pygmies b) Kazaksc) Masai d) Lapps

33. Name the major tribe of Japana) Fula b) Eskimosc) Ainu d) Hottentot

34. The racial groups related to northernEurope are known area) Nordic b) Caucasoidc) Australoid d) Alpinoid

35. Which is the largest fishing ground in theworlda) Japan seab) North seac) North east pacificd) Newfoundland waters

36. Which of the following is not acharacteristic of Tropical Rainforest

1) Vegetation represents the inter relationshipof various biotic phenomena

2) Vegetation had symbolic interrelation withother elements of ecosystem

3) Vegetation is the true index of climaxa) 1 and 2 b) 2 and 3c) 1 and 3 d) all

37. Match the followingEcosystem Vegetation type

i) Tropical Evergreen a) Taigaii) Temperate grassland b) Savannaiii) Tropical grassland c) Selvasiv) Temperate forest d) Pampas

a) i-c, ii-d, iii-b, iv-ab) i-d, ii-b, iii-c, iv-ac) i-d, ii-b, iii-c, iv-ad) i-b, ii-c, iii-a, iv-d

Answers

1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (c)

8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (c)

15. (a) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (c) 21. (c)

22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (a)

29. (d) 30. (c) 31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b)

36. (b) 37. (b)


SAMPLE MATERIAL OF

OUR STUDY KIT

PAPER I

ENVIRONMENT

Click Here to Buy This Study Kit:http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-pre/csat-paper-1


BIOSEQUESTRATIONBiosequestration is the capture and storage

of the atmospheric greenhouse gas carbondioxide by biological processes. This may be byincreased photosynthesis (through practicessuch as reforestation / preventing defore-station and genetic engineering); by enhancedsoil carbon trapping in agriculture; or by theuse of algal bio sequestration (see algaebioreactor) to absorb the carbon dioxideemissions from coal, oil or gas-fired electricitygeneration.

Biosequestration as a natural process hasoccurred in the past, and was responsible forthe formation of the extensive coal and oildeposists which we are now burning. It is akey policy concept in the climate changemitigation debate. It does not generally referto the sequestering of carbon dioxide in oceans(see carbon sequestration and ocean acidifi-cation) or rock formations, depleted oil or gasreservoirs (see oil depletion and peak oil), deepsaline aquifers, or deep coal seams (see coalmining) (for all see geosequestration) orthrough the use of industrial chemical carbondioxide scrubbing. The importance of plants instoring atmospheric carbon dioxide: After watervapour (concentrations of which humans havelimited capacity to influence) carbon dioxide isthe most abundant and stable greenhousegas in the atmosphere (methane rapidly reactsto form water vapour and carbon dioxide).Atmospheric carbon dioxide has increased fromabout 280 ppm in 1750 to 383 ppm in 2007 and

BIODIVERSITY

is increasing at an average rate of 2 ppm pryear. The world s oceans have previously playedan important role in sequestering atmosphericcarbon dioxide through solubility and the actionof phytoplankton.

Reforestation, Avoided Deforestation andLULUCF

Reforestation and reducing deforestationcan increase biosequestration in four ways.Pandani (Richea pandanifolia) near LakeDobson, Mount Field National Park, Tasmania,Australia The Intergovernmental Panel onClimate Change (IPCC) estimates that thecutting down of forests is now contributing closeto 20 per cent of the overall greenhouse gasesentering the atmosphere. Candell and Raupachargue that there are four primary ways inwhich reforestation and reducing refore-station can increase biosequestration. First,by increasing the volume of existing forest.Second, by increasing the carbon density ofexisting forests at a stand and landscape scale.Third, by expanding the use of forest productsthat will sustainably replace fossil-fuelemissions. Fourth, by reducing carbonemissions that are caused from deforestationand degradation. A recent report by theAustralian CSIRO found that forestry andforest-related options are the most significantand most easily achieved carbon sink makingup 105 Mt per year CO2-e or about 75 per centof the total figure attainable for the Australianstate of Queensland from 2010-2050. Amongthe forestry options, the CSIRO report




announced, forestry with the primary aim ofcarbon storage (called carbon forestry) clearlyhas the highest attainable carbon storagecapacity (77 Mt CO2-e/yr) and is one of theeasiest options to implement comparedwith biodiversity plantings, pre-1990 eucalypts,post 1990 plantations and managed regrowth.Legal strategies to encourage this form ofbiosequestration include permanent protectionof forests in National Parks or on the WorldHeritage List, properly funded management andbans on use of rainforest timbers andinefficient uses such as woodchipping oldgrowth forest.

As a result of lobbying by the developingcountry caucus (or Group of 77) in the UnitedNations (associated with the United NationsConference on Environment and Development(UNCED) in Rio de Janeiro, the non-legallybinding Forest Principles were established in1992. These linked the problem of defore-station to third world debt and inadequatetechnology transfer and stated that the agreedfull incremental cost of achieving benefitsassociated with forest conservation should beequitably shared by the internationalcommunity (para1(b)). Subsequently the Groupof 77 argued in the 1995 IntergovernmentalPanel on Forests (IPF) and then the 2001Intergovernmental Forum on Forests (IFF), foraffordable access to environmentally soundtechnologies without the stringency ofintellectual property rights; while developedstates there rejected demands for a forestsfund. The expert group crated under the UnitedNations Forum on Forests (UNFF) reported in2004, but in 2007 developed nations againvetoed language in the principles of the finaltext which might confirm their legal responsi-bility under international law to supply financeand environmentally sound techno-logies to thedeveloping world.

Settlement and deforestation surroundingthe Brazilian town of Rio Branco are seen here

in the striking herring bone deforestationpatterns that cut through the rainforest. NASA,2008. In December 2007, after a two year debateon a proposal from Papua New Guineaand Costa Rica, state parties to the UnitedNations Framework Convention on ClimateChange (FCCC) agreed to explore ways ofreducing emissions from deforestation and toenhance forest carbon stocks in developingnations. The underlying idea is that developingnations should be financially compensated ifthey succeed in reducing their levelsof deforestation (through valuing thecarbon that is stored in forests); a concepttermed avoided deforestaion (AD) or, REDD ifbroadened to include reducing forestdegradation (seeReducing emissions fromdeforestation and forest degradation). Under thefree market model advocated by the countrieswho have formed the Coalition of RainforestNations, developing nations with rain-forests would sell carbon sink credits undera free market system to Kyoto Protocol AnnexI states who have exceeded their emissionsallowance. Brazil (the state with the largestarea of tropical rainforest) however, opposesincluding avoided defores-tation in acarbontrading mechanism and instead favorscreation of a multilateral developmentassistance fund created from donations bydeveloped states. For REDD to be successfulscience and regulatory infra-structure relatedto forests will need to increase so nations mayinventory all their forest carbon, show that theycan control land use at the local level and provethat their emissions are declining.

Subsequent to the initial donor nationresponse, the UN established REDD Plus, orREDD+, expanding the original programs scopeto include increasing forest cover through bothreforestation and the planting of new forestcover, as well as promoting sustainable forestresource management.




The United Nations Framework Conven-tion on Climate Change (UNFCCC) Article4(1)(a) requires all Parties to develop,periodically update, publish and make availableto the Conference of the Parties as well asnational inventories of anthropogenic

emissions by sources removals by sinks ofall greenhouse gases not controlled by theMontreal Protocol. Under the UNFCCCreporting guidelines, human-induced green-house emissions must be reported in sixsectors: energy (including stationary energyand transport); industrial processes; solventand other product use; agriculture; waste;and land use, land use change andforestry (LULUCF). The rules governingaccounting and reporting of greenhouse gasemissions from LULUCF under the KyotoProtocol are contained in several decisions ofthe Conference of Parties under the UNFCCCand LULUCF has been the subject of two majorreports by the Intergovernmental Panel onClimate Change (IPCC). The Kyoto Protocolarticle 3.3 thus requires mandatory LULUCFaccounting for afforestation (no forest for last50 years), reforestation (no forest on 31December 1989) and deforestation, as well as(in the first commitment period) under article3.4 voluntary accounting for croplandmanagement, grazing land management,revegetation and forest management (if notalready accounted under article 3.3).

Continent of Australia from space.Australia is a major producer of fossil fuels andhas significant problems with deforestation. Asan example, the Australian National Green-house Gas Inventory (NGGI) prepared incompliance with these requirements indicatesthat the energy sector accounts for 69 per centof Australia s emissions, agriculture 16 percent and LULUCF six per cent. Since 1990,however, emissions from the energy sectorhave increased 35 per cent (stationary energyup 43% and transport up 23%). By comparison,

emissions from LULUCF have fallen by73%. However, questions have been raised byAndrew Macintosh about the veracity of theestimates of emissions from the LULUCFsector because of discrepancies between theAustralian Federal and QueenslandGovernments land clearing data. Datapublished by the Statewide Landcover andTrees Study (SLATS) in Queensland, forexample, show that the total amount of landclearing in Queensland identified under SLATSbetween 1989/90 and 2000/01 isapproximately 50 per cent higher than theamount estimated by the Australian FederalGovernment s National Carbon AccountingSystem (NCAS) between 1990 and 2001.

Satellite imaging has become crucial inobtaining data on levels of deforestation andreforestation. Landsatsatellite data, forexample, has been used to map tropicaldeforestation as part of NASA s LandsatPathfinder Humid Tropical DeforestationProject, a collaborative effort among scientistsfrom the University of Maryland, the Universityof New Hampshire, and NASA sGoddard SpaceFlight Center. The project yielded deforestationmaps for the Amazon Basin, Central Africa, andSoutheast Asia for three periods in the 1970s,1980s, and 1990s.

Biosequestration may be enhanced byimproving photosynthetic efficiency bymodifying RuBisCO genes in plants to increasethe catalytic and/or oxygenation activity of thatenzyme. One such research area involvesincreasing the Earth s proportion of C4 carbonfixation photosynthetic plants. C4 plantsrepresent about 5% of Earth s plant biomassand 1% of its known plant species, but accountfor around 30% of terrestrial carbon fixation. Inleaves of C3 plants, captured photons of solarenergy undergophotosynthesis which assi-milates carbon into carbo-hydrates triosepho-sphates) in the chloroplasts of themesophyll




cells. The primary CO2 fixation step iscatalysed by ribulose-1,5-bisphosphatecarboxylase/oxygenase (Rubisco) which reactswith O2 leading to photo-respiration thatprotects photosynthesis from photoinhibitionbut wastes 50% of potentially fixed carbon. TheC4 photosynthetic pathway, however,concentrates CO2 at the site of the reactionof Rubisco, thereby reducing the bioseques-tration inhibiting photorespiration. A newfrontier in crop science consists of attemptsto genetically engineer C3 staple food crops(such as wheat, barley, soybeans, potatoes andrice) with the turbo-charged photosyntheticapparatus of C4 plants.

BiocharBiochar (charcoal created by pyrolysis

of biomass) is a potent form of longterm(thousands of years) biosequestration ofatmosphereic CO2 derived from investigationof the extremely fertile Terra preta soils ofthe Amazon Basin. Placing biochar in soils alsoimproves water quality, increases soil fertility,raises agricultural productivity and reducepressure on old growth forests. As a method ofgenerating bio-energy with carbon storage RobFlanagan and the EPRIDA biochar companyhave developed low-tech cooking stoves fordeveloping nations that can burn agriculturalwastes such as rice husks and produce 15% byweight of biochar; while BEST Energies in NSWAustralia have spent a decade developingan Agrichar technology that can combust 96tonnes of dry biomass each day, generating 30-40 tonnes of biochar. A parametric study ofbiosequestration by Malcolm Fowles atthe Open University, indicated that to mitigateglobal warming, policies should encouragedisplacement of coal with biomass as a powersource for baseload electricity generation if thelatter s conversion efficiency rose over 30%,otherwise biosequestering carbon frombiomass as a cheaper mitigation option

than geosequestration by CO2 capture andstorage.

Improved Agricultural and FarmingPractices

Panicum virgatum switchgrass, valuable inbiofuel production, soil conservation andbiosequestration Zero-till farming practicesoccur where there is much mulchingbut ploughing is not used, so that the carbon-rich organic matter in soil is not exposed toatmospheric oxygen, or to the leaching anderosion effects of rainfall. Over grazing isreduced by moving cattle and sheep away fromgrazed areas for several months. Ceasingploughing has been alleged to encouragemore ants to become predators of wood-eating(and CO2 generating) termites, allows weeds toregenerate soils and helps slow water flows overthe land. Dedicated biofuel and bioseques-tration crops, such as switchgrass (panicumvirgatum), are also being developed. It requiresfrom 0.97 to 1.34 GJ fossil energy to produce 1tonne of switchgrass, compared with 1.99 to 2.66GJ to produce 1 tonne of corn. Given thatswitchgrass contains approximately 18.8 GJ/ODT of biomass, the energy output-to-inputratio for the crop can be up to 20:1. Bioseques-tration can also be enhanced by farmerschoosing crops species that produce largenumbers of phytoliths. Phytoliths are micro-scopic spherical shells of silicon that can storecarbon for thousands of years.

Biosequestration and Climate ChangePolicy

Biosequestration could be critical toclimatechange mitigation till cleaner forms of powergeneration are established. The NesjavellirGeothermal Power Plant in ingvellir, IcelandIndustries with large amounts of CO2emissions (such as the coal industry) areinterested in biosequestration as a means ofoffsetting their greenhouse gas production. In




Australia, university researchers areengineering algae to produce biofuels hydrogenand biodiesel oils) and investigating whetherthis process can be used tobiosequester carbon.Algae naturally capture sunlight and use itsenergy to split water into hydrogen, oxygen andoil which can be extracted. Such clean energyproduction also can be coupled with desali-nation using salt-tolerant marine algae togenerate fresh water and electricity.

Many new bioenergy (biofuel) technologies,including cellulosic ethanol biorefineries(using stems and branches of most plantsincluding crop residues such as corn stalks,wheat straw and rice straw) are being promotedbecause they have the added advantage ofbiosequestration of CO2. The Garnaut ClimateChange Review recommends that a carbonprice in a carbon emission trading schemecould include a financial incentive forbiosequestration processes. Garnaut recom-mends the use of algal biosequestration(see algae bioreactor) to absorb the constantstream of carbon dioxide emissions from coal-fired electricity generation and metal smeltinguntil renewable forms of energy, such as solarand wind power, become more establishedcontributors to the grid.Garnaut, for example,states: Some algal bioseques-tration processescould absorb emissions from coal-firedelectricity generation and metals smelting.The United Nations Collaborative Programmeon Reducing Emissions from Deforestation andForest Degradation in Developing Countries(UN-REDD Programme) is a collaborationbetween FAO, UNDP and UNEP under which atrust fund established in July 2008 allowsdonors to pool resources to generate therequisite transfer flow of resources tosignificantly reduce global emissions fromdeforestation and forest degradation. The UKgovernment s Stern Review on the economicsof climate change argued that curbing

deforestation was a highly cost-effective wayof reducing greenhouse gas emissions .

James E. Hansen argues that, An effectiveway to achieve drawdown [of carbon dioxide]would be to burn biofuels in power plants andcapture the CO2, with the biofuels derived fromagricultural or urban wastes or grown ondegraded lands using little or no fossil fuelinputs. Under a 2009 agreement, Loy YangPower and MBD Energy Ltd will build apilot Fossil fuel power plant at the LatrobeValley power station in Australia usingbiosequestration technology in the form of analgal synthesiser system. Captured CO2 fromthe waste exhaust flue gases will be injectedinto circulating waste water to grow oil-richalgae where sunlight and nutrients willproduce heavy oil-laden slurry that can makehigh grade oil for energy, or stock feed. Othercommercial demonstration projects involvingbiosequestration of CO2 at point of emissionhave begun in Australia.

Philosophical basis of BiosequestrationThe arguments for biosequestration are

often shaped in terms of economic theory, yetthere is a well-recognised quality of lifedimension to this debate. Biosequestrationassists human beings to increase theircollective and individual contributions to theessential resources of the biosphere. Thepolicy case for biosequestration overlaps withprinciples of ecology, sustainability andsustainable development, as well as biosphere,biodiversity and ecosystem protection,environmental ethics, climate ethics andnatural conservation.

Barriers to Increased GlobalBiosequestration

The Garnaut Climate Change Review notesmany barriers to increased global bioseques-tration. There must be changes in theaccounting regimes forgreenhouse gases.




Investments are required in research,development and commercialisation of superiorapproaches to biosequestration. Adjustmentsare required in the regulation of land use. Newinstitutions will need to be developed tocoordinate the interests in utilisation ofbiosequestration opportunities across smallbusiness in rural communities. Special effortswill be required to unlock potential in ruralcommunities in developing countries. Saddlerand King have argued that biosequestration andagricultural greenhouse gas emissions shouldnot be handled within a global emissionstrading scheme because of difficulties withmeasuring such emissions, problems incontrolling them and the burden that would beplaced on numerous small-scale farmingoperations. Collett likewise maintainsthat REDD credits (post-facto payments todeveloping countries for reducing their deforestation rates below an historical orprojected reference rate), simply create acomplex market approach to this global publichealth problem that reduces transparency andaccountability when targets are not met andwill not be as effective as developed nationsvoluntarily funding countries to keep theirrainforests.

The World Rainforest Movement has arguedthat poor developing countries could bepressured to accept reforestation projectsunder the Kyoto Protocol s Clean DevelopmentMechanism in order to earn foreign exchangesimply to pay off the interest on debt to the WorldBank. Tensions also exist over forestmanagement between the sovereignty claimsof nations states, arguments aboutcommonheritage of mankind and the rights ofindigenous peoples and local communities;the Forest Peoples Programme (FPP) arguingthe anti-deforestation programs could merelyallow financial benefits to flow to nationaltreasuries, privilege would-be corporate forestdegraders who manipulate the system by

periodically threatening forests, rather thanlocal communities who conserve them. Thesuccess of such projects will also depend on theaccuracy of the baseline data and the numberof countries involved. Further, it has beenargued that if biosequestration is to play asignificant role in mitigating anthropogenicclimate change then coordinated policiesshould set a goal of achieving global forest coverto its extent prior to the industrial revolutionin the 1800s.

It has also been argued that the UnitedNations mechanism for Reducing Emissionsfrom Deforestation and Forest Degradation(REDD) may increase pressure to convert ormodify other ecosystems, especially savannahsand wetlands, for food or biofuel, even thoughthose ecosystems also have high carbonsequestration potential. Globally, for example,peatlands cover only 3% of the land surface butstore twice the amount of carbon as all theworld s forests, whilst mangrove forests andsaltmarshes are examples of relatively low-biomass ecosystems with high levels of pro-ductivity and carbon sequestration. Otherresearchers have argued that REDD is a criticalcomponent of an effective global bioseques-tration strategy that could provide significantbenefits, such as the conservation ofiodiversity, particularly if it moves away fromfocusing on protecting forests that are mostcost-effective for reducing carbon emissions(such as those in Brazil where agriculturalopportunity costs are relatively low, unlikeAsia, which has sizeable revenues from oilpalm, rubber, rice, and maize). They argueREDD could be varied to allow funding ofprograms to slow peat degradation in Indonesiaand target protection of biodiversity in hotspot areas with high species richness andrelatively little remaining forest. Somepurchasers, they maintain, of REDD carboncredits, such as multinational corporations or




nations, might pay a premium to save imperiledeco-systems or areas with high-profile species.

CONSERVATIONConservation is the protection, preser-

vation, management, or restoration of wildlifeand natural resources such as forests andwater. Through the conservation of biodiversitythe survival of many species and habitatswhich are threatened due to human activitiescan be ensured. Other reasons for conservingbiodiversity include securing valuable NaturalResources for future generations andprotecting the well being of eco-systemfunctions.

In-situ and ex-situ conservationConservation can broadly be divided into

two types:In-situ: Conservation of habitats, species

and ecosystems where they naturally occur.This is in-situ conservation and the naturalprocesses and interaction are conserved as wellas the elements of biodiversity.

Ex-situ: The conservation of elements ofbiodiversity out of the context of their naturalhabitats is referred to as ex-situ conservation.Zoos, botanical gardens and seed banks are allexample of ex-situ conservation.

In-situ conservation is not always possibleas habitats may have been degraded and theremay be competition for land which meansspecies need to be removed from the area tosave them.

Which areas to Conserve?Hotspots of biodiversity

A popular approach for selecting priorityareas has been to select hotspots of diversity.Since it is not possible to conserve allbiodiversity due to lack of resources and theneed to use land for human activities, areasare prioritised to those which are most in need

of conservation. Hotspot a term used to defineregions of high conservation priority combininghigh richness, high endemism and highthreat.

Threatened SpeciesOver the last 200 years many species have

become extinct and the extinction rate is onthe increase due to the influence of humanactivity. The status of species has beenassessed on a global scale by the WorldConservation Union. Taxa that are facing ahigh risk of global extinction are cataloguedand highlighted in the IUCN Red List ofThreatened Species.

Threatened HabitatsHabitat destruction comes in many forms

from clear felling of forests to simple changesin farming practices that change the overallsurrounding habitat. If a habitat is degraded ordisappears a species may also becomethreatened. The UK is in danger of losingdiverse habitats ranging from lowlandcalcareous grassland to mudflats and wetwoodland. The UK BAP has specific HabitatAction Plans in place in order to try and mangeand conserve these precious places. Many ofthese areas lie within SSSIs which aredesignated prioritised areas of conservation.

Flagship and Keystone SpeciesConservation efforts are often focused on a

single species. This is usually for two reasons.(1) Some species are key to the functioning

of a habitat and their loss would lead togreater than average change in otherspecies populations or ecosystemprocesses. These are known as keystonespecies.

(2) Humans will find the idea of conservingone species more appealing thanconserving others. For example it wouldbe easier to persuade people that it is




necessary to conserve tigers that it is topersuade people to conserve the Zayanteband-winged grasshopper. Using aflagship species such as a tiger willattract more resources for conservationwhich can be used to conserve areas ofhabitat.

ComplementarityComplementarity is a method used to

select areas for conservation. These methodsare used to find areas that in sum total havethe highest representation of diversity. Forexample using complementarity methods,areas could be selected that would contain themost species between them but not necessarilybe the most species rich areas individually andtake into account pressures of development.

Distinguishing higher from lower priorityareas for urgent conservation is the purpose ofsuch area-selection methods. However, anacceptance of priorities must recognise thatthis idea also implies that some areas will begiven lower priority. This is not to say that theyhave no conservation values rather that inrelation to agreed goals the actions are not asurgent. Where identities of species or otherbiodiversity indicators are known, complemen-tarity methods can be applied

COMMISSION ON SUSTAINABLEDEVELOPMENT(1992)

The United Nations Commission onSustainable Development (CSD) wasestablished in December 1992 by GeneralAssembly Resolution A/RES/47/191 as afunctional commission of the UNEconomic andSocial Council, implementing a recommen-dation in Chapter 38 of Agenda 21, thelandmark global agreement reached at theJune 1992 United Nations Conference onEnvironment & Development / EarthSummit held in Rio de Janeiro.

CSD 1CSD 1, the Organizational Session of the

CSD was held in June 1993. TheOrganizational session focused on a broadrange of organizational and administrativeissues, reflected in topics of the Commissionsdocuments [2]:

Budget implications of draft decisionsEstablishing a provisional agenda & amulti-year programme of workNational reporting on implementationof Agenda 21Information exchange: UN System &DonorsUNCED follow up: internationalorganizations & UN CoordinationCoordination of development dataProgress in environmentally soundtechnology transferInitial financial commitments & flowsGovernment information on financialcommitmentsUrgent & major emergent issuesUnited Nations Conference on Trade andDevelopment & Agenda 21 implemen-tationUNEP & Agenda 21 implementationIssues relating to future work of CSD

Guidelines for national reportingMulti-year programme of workFinancial commitments & financial flowsIntegrating sustainable development inthe UN System

CSD 5In its Fifth Session, the principal focus of

the CSD was to prepare for the Five-YearReview of the 1992 Earth Summit, which tookthe form of the 19th Special Session of the




General Assembly, held at UN Headquarters inNew York.

CSD 10 / World Summit on SustainableDevelopment

For its Tenth Session the CSD served asthe Preparatory Committee for the WorldSummit on Sustainable Development, heldin Johannesburg in December 2002.

CSD 12The Twelfth Session of the CSD is the first

substantive session since the JohannesburgSummit - CSD-11 was an organizationalsession that focused on establishing prioritiesand an agenda for the second ten-year cycle ofthe Commission. Text below in quotes is fromthe introductory note from the Chair - H.E. B rgeBrende, Norwegian Minister of the Environ-ment to a description of the organization of workduring CSD.

The first three days of CSD-12 will serveas the preparatory meeting for the ten-yearreview of the Barbados Programme of Action(BPoA) for the Sustainable Development ofSmall Island Developing States. The bulk ofCSD-12 will focus on water, sanitationand human settlements. The decision of CSD-11 to focus its first Implementation Cycle onWater, Sanitation and Human Settlementsbears testimony to the sense of urgency theinternational community ascribes to theseissues. Today, water-borne diseases kill aperson every ten seconds, the overwhelmingmajority children, and roughly one in two Sub-Saharan Africans and three in five SouthAsians lack adequate sanitation. The totalnumber of people living in slums is close to930 million and is growing at an acceleratedrate.

The CSD-12 Review Session will featurea number of firsts . Thematic reviews willfeature interactive discussions and will beintroduced through keynote presentations,

panel discussions and moderated debates.Major Group representatives will joinMinisters in interactive dialogues during theHigh-Level Segment.

CSD 16: The Chair is H.E. Mr. FrancisNhema, Minister of Environment and Tourism(Zimbabwe).

CSD 18: The 18th session took place in NewYork in May 2010, focusing on transport,chemicals, waste management, mining, andthe 10-year framework of programmes onsustainable consumption and productionpatterns (SCP).

CSD 19: The 19th session took place in May2011, as part of the policy cycle from theprevious year. NO agreement was reached inthe negotiations and they eventually collapsed.

CSD 20 / United Nations Conference onSustainable Development

Was suspended from its normal rotation,planned in 2012 owing to the fact thatthe General Assembly had resolved to holdthe United Nations Conference on SustainableDevelopment in Rio as a 20 year anniversaryto the original conference. United NationsConference on Sustainable Development wouldfocus on two themes:

1. Green economy within the context ofsustainable development and povertyeradication.

2. Institutional framework for sustainabledevelopment.

With the objectives:1. Securing renewed political commitment

to sustainable development.2. Assessing the progress and implemen-

tation gaps in meeting already agreedcommitments.

3. Addressing new and emergingchallenges.




NAGOYA PROTOCOLThe Nagoya Protocol on Access & Benefit

Sharing (ABS) was adopted on 29 October 2010in Nagoya, Japan and will enter into force 90days after the fiftieth instrument of ratification.Its objective is the fair and equitable sharingof benefits arising from the utilization ofgenetic resources, thereby contributing to theconservation and sustainable use ofbiodiversity.

ObjectivesThe Nagoya Protocol on Access to Genetic

Resources and the Fair and Equitable Sharingof Benefits Arising from their Utilization (ABS)to the Convention on Biological Diversity is asupplementary agreement to the Conventionon Biological Diversity . It provides atransparent legal framework for the effectiveimplementation of one of the three objectivesof the CBD: the fair and equitable sharing ofbenefits arising out of the utilization of geneticresources.

RelevanceThe Nagoya Protocol is intended to create

greater legal certainty and transparency forboth providers and users of genetic resourcesby:

Establishing more predictable conditionsfor access to genetic resources.Helping to ensure benefit-sharing whengenetic resources leave the contractingparty providing the genetic resources

By helping to ensure benefit-sharing, theNagoya Protocol creates incentives to conserveand sustainably use genetic resources, andtherefore enhances the contribution ofbiodiversity to development and human well-being.

ScopeThe Nagoya Protocol applies to genetic

resources that are covered by the CBD, and tothe benefits arising from their utilization. TheNagoya Protocol also covers traditionalknowledge (TK) associated with geneticresources that are covered by the CBD and thebenefits arising from its utilization

ObligationsThe Nagoya Protocol sets out core

obligations for its contracting Parties to takemeasures in relation to access to geneticresources, benefit-sharing and compliance.

Access ObligationsDomestic-level access measures are to:

Create legal certainty, clarity andtransparencyProvide fair and non-arbitrary rules andproceduresEstablish clear rules and procedures forprior informed consent and mutuallyagreed termsProvide for issuance of a permit orequivalent when access is grantedCreate conditions to promote andencourage research contributing tobiodiversity conservation and sustain-able usePay due regard to cases of present orimminent emergencies that threatenhuman, animal or plant healthConsider the importance of geneticresources for food and agriculture for foodsecurity

Benefit-sharing ObligationsDomestic-level benefit-sharing measures

are to provide for the fair and equitable sharingof benefits arising from the utilization ofgenetic resources with the contracting partyproviding genetic resources. Utilizationincludes research and development on the




genetic or biochemical composition of geneticresources, as well as subsequent applicationsand commercialization. Sharing is subject tomutually agreed terms. Benefits may bemonetary or non-monetary such as royaltiesand the sharing of research results.

Compliance obligationsSpecific obligations to support compliance

with the domestic legislation or regulatoryrequirements of the contracting party providinggenetic resources, and contractual obligationsreflected in mutually agreed terms, are asignificant innovation of the Nagoya Protocol.Contracting Parties are to:

Take measures providing that geneticresources utilized within theirjurisdiction have been accessed inaccordance with prior informed consent,and that mutually agreed terms havebeen established, as required by anothercontracting partyCooperate in cases of alleged violationof another contracting party s require-mentsEncourage contractual provisions ondispute resolution in mutually agreedtermsEnsure an opportunity is available toseek recourse under their legal systemswhen disputes arise from mutuallyagreed termsTake measures regarding access tojusticeTake measures to monitor theutilization of genetic resources afterthey leave a country including bydesignating effective checkpoints at anystage of the value-chain: research,development, innovation, pre-commercialization or commercia-lization.

ImplementationThe Nagoya Protocol s success will require

effective implementation at the domestic level.A range of tools and mechanisms provided bythe Nagoya Protocol will assist contractingParties including:

Establishing national focal points (NFPs)and competent national authorities(CNAs) to serve as contact points forinformation, grant access or cooperateon issues of complianceAn Access and Benefit-sharing Clearing-House to share information, such asdomestic regulatory ABS requirementsor information on NFPs and CNAsCapacity-building to support key aspectsof implementation. Based on a countrysself-assessment of national needs andpriorities, this can include capacity toDevelop domestic ABS legislation toimplement the Nagoya ProtocolNegotiate MATDevelop in-country research capabilityand institutionsAwareness-raisingTechnology TransferTargeted financial support for capacity-building and development initiativesthrough the Nagoya *Protocol s financialmechanism, the Global EnvironmentFacility (GEF).

NATIONAL BIODIVERSITY AUTHORITY,CHENNAI

Biodiversity encompasses the variety of alllife on earth. India is one of the 12-megadiverse countries of the world. With only 2.5%of the land area, India already accounts for 7.8%of the global recorded species. India is also richin traditional and indigenous knowledge, bothcoded and informal.




India is a Party to the Convention onBiological Diversity (1992).Recognizing thesovereign rights of States to use their ownbiological resources, the Convention expectsthe parties to facilitate access to geneticresources by other Parties subject to nationallegislation and on mutually agreed upon terms(Article 3 and 15 of CBD). Article 8(j) of theConvention on Biological Diversity recognizescontributions of local and indigenouscommunities to the conservation andsustainable utilization of biological resourcesthrough traditional knowledge, practices andinnovations and provides for equitable sharingof benefits with such people arising from theutilization of their knowledge, practices andinnovations.

Biodiversity is a multi-disciplinary subjectinvolving diverse activities and actions. Thestakeholders in biological diversity include theCentral Government, State Governments,institutions of local self-governmentalorganizations, industry, etc. One of the majorchallenges before India lies in adopting aninstrument ,which helps realise the objectivesof equitable sharing of benefits enshrined inthe Convention on Biological Diversity.

After an extensive and intensive consul-tation process involving the stakeholders, theCentral Government has brought BiologicalDiversity Act,2002 with the following salientfeatures:-i. to regulate access to biologicalresources of the country with the purpose ofsecuring equitable share in benefits arisingout of the use of biological resources; andassociated knowledge relating to biologicalresources; ii. to conserve and sustainably usebiological diversity; iii. to respect and protectknowledge of local communities related tobiodiversity; iv. to secure sharing of benefitswith local people as conservers of biologicalresources and holders of knowledge andinformation relating to the use of biological

resources; v. conservation and development ofareas of importance from the standpoint ofbiological diversity by declaring them asbiological diversity heritage sites; vi. protectionand rehabilitation of threatened species; vii.involvement of institutions of stategovernments in the broad scheme of theimplementation of the Biological Diversity Actthrough constitution of committees.

PROJECT TIGER(1973)The Beginning: Project Tiger , a major

wildlife-conservation initiative of Govt. of India,was launched in the year 1973 to save theIndian tiger from extinction. Similipal TigerReserve was one of the nine reserves chosenin the country to implement the project. Withfocus on the tiger, which is a master predatorand an indicator species of the ecosystem, theproject has paid attention to all issues relatingto conservation of habitat in the tiger reserves.

Some of the field activities under the aegisof Project Tiger cover the following:

Enforcement of anti-poaching measures.Census and estimate of the numbers ofcarnivores, their prey animals.Habitat improvement measures,Water and soil conservation measuresEcodevelopment programmes andorganization of alternate livelihood,Motivation and awareness of local people,Eliciting participation of studentsthrough nature camps and competitions.Capacity building of staff, Development of telecommunication androad networkDevelopment and maintenance of otherinfrastructureResearch, planning and monitoring ofwildlife population and spatial istributionManagement of ecotourism




THE BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITYACT 2002AND RULES 2004CONCERNS & ISSUES

This note is meant to provide a brieforientation to growing area of concern andrelevance to the vast majority of India spopulation. This population, in particular tribaland traditional communities farmers,fisherfolk and indigenous peoples, is heavilydependent on biodiversity and biologicalresources for their survival and livelihoods.India s biodiversity is severely threatened;wildlife populations, traditional cultures,geological cycles, and a range of other attributesare being destroyed. There are a variety ofreasons for this, including increasingexploitation of biological resources for tradeboth at national and international levels.

Why is this the case? Are not our laws,policies and programmes effective enough todeal with this ecological crisis? It is in thislight that we need to view the BiologicalDiversity Act and Rules, individually and inconjuction with other laws and policies. Do theyactually help tackle the forces of destructionand facilitate community control on theirresources?

THE BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY ACT 2002The Biological Diversity Act 2002 is a law

meant to achieve three main objectives:the conservation of biodiversity;the sustainable use of biologicalresources;equity in sharing benefits from such useof resources.Its key provisions aimed at achieving

the above are:1. Prohibition on transfer of Indian genetic

material outside the country, withoutspecific approval of the IndianGovernment;

2. Prohibition on anyone claiming anIntellectual Property Right (IPR), such asa patent, over biodiversity or relatedknowledge, without permission of theIndian Government;

3. Regulation of collection and use ofbiodiversity by Indian nationals, whileexempting local communities from suchrestrictions;

4. Measures for sharing of benefits fromthe use of biodiversity, includingtransfer of technology, monetaryreturns, joint Research & Development,joint IPR ownership, etc.;

5. Measures to conserve and sustainablyuse biological resources, includinghabitat and species protection,environmental impact assessments(EIAs) of projects, integration ofbiodiversity into the plans, programmes,and policies of various departments/sectors;

6. Provisions for local communities to havea say in the use of their resources andknowledge, and to charge fees for this;

7. Protection of indigenous or traditionalknowledge, through appropriate laws orother measures such as registration ofsuch knowledge;

8. Regulation of the use of geneticallymodified organisms;

9. Setting up of National, State, and LocalBiodiversity Funds, to be used to supportconservation and benefit-sharing;

10. Setting up of Biodiversity ManagementCommittees (BMC) at local village level,State Biodiversity Boards (SBB) at statelevel, and a National BiodiversityAuthority (NBA).

While some of the above provisions areprogressive, there remain importantweaknesses, including the following:




1. It exempts those plants that areregistered under the Protection of PlantVarieties and Farmers Rights (PVPFR)Act, 2001. This Act provides corporationsand scientists who are breeding newvarieties of crops, to gain intellectualproperty rights (see more on therelationship between the Biodiversityand Plant Varieties laws, below). Suchan exemption means that theprogressive provisions listed above,many of which are absent from thePVPFR Act, would not apply to plantvarieties registered under PVPFR Act.

2. It does not provide citizens the power todirectly approach the courts; such poweris restricted to an appeal in the HighCourt against any order by the NBA orthe SBB.

3. It is unnecessarily soft on Indiancorporate and other entities, requiringonly prior intimation to a SBB for thecommercial use of bioresources, ratherthan permission from the NBA as in thecase of foreigners. This is unjustified,given that Indians (especially industrialcorporations) are not necessarily anymore responsible towards the environ-ment or towards local communities, alsosome Indian companies could just belocal fronts for foreign enterprises.

4. It does not fully empower local commu-nities, to protect their resources andknowledge from being misused, or togenerate benefits (except chargingcollection fees). It has very weak or norepresentation of local communitymembers on the State BiodiversityBoards or National BiodiversityAuthority.

5. The power of declaring a BiodiversityHeritage Sites lies with the stategovernment (Article 37 of the Act): It is

important that the heritage sites shouldbe designated only after consultation andmoreover consent of the affectedcommunities. Further, these should bein the control/management of localcommunities, and the provision forcompensation made in the StateBiodiversity Fund (see Section 32) beapplied only where there is a mutuallyagreed to dislocation/curbing of rights.Else we will have the people-parksconflict recurring in another form, asdecisions for which areas need to beconserved would be top-down.

Several organisations and people feel thatthe basic framework of the Act is problematic,since it accepts intellectual property rights onbiodiversity, could be used to furthercommercialise biodiversity, and does not trulyempower communities. Others feel that theAct provides some potential for checkingbiopiracy, achieving conservation, andfacilitating community action. They stressthat a combination of strong rules, andamendments related to the above points, wouldhelp strengthen this potential.

BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY RULES 2004There was hope that Rules under the Act

would strengthen the provisions onconservation, sustainable use, and equity.Unfortunately, that hope was shattered whenthe government notified the Biological DiversityRules 2004 on 15th April. The BiodiversityRules are the executive orders made by theGovernment in order to carry out the purposesof the Act (Section 62). The Rules among otherthings outline the procedures to be followed foraccess to biological resources (wild plants andanimals, crops, medicinal plants, livestock, etc),their commercial utilization, transfer of rightsof research, and intellectual property rightsrelated to biodiversity. From the point of viewof local communities, it is important to




understand the process of allowing access/utilization of bioresources and also the role ofcommunities. Presented below is a diagram-matic representation of the same. It is keepingthis in mind that we need to look at someprovisions directly relevant to localcommunities, the most critical of them beingthe Biodiversity Management Committee(BMC). Section 41 of the Act states:

Sec 41(1) Every local body 2 shallconstitute a Biodiversity ManagementCommittee within its area for the purpose ofpromoting conservation, sustainable use anddocumentation of biological diversity includingpreservation of habitats, conservation of landraces, folk varieties and cultivars, domes-ticated stocks and breeds of animals andmicroorganisms and chronicling of knowledgerelating to biological diversity . Under the Bio-diversity Rule, Sec 22 expands on constitutionand role of Biodiversity ManagementCommittees, and states:

(1) Every local body shall constitute aBiodiversity Management Committee(BMCs) within its area of jurisdiction ..

(2) The main function of the BMC is toprepare People s Biodiversity Register(PBR) in consultation with local people(this is a comedown from the broader roleenvisaged in Sec 41 of the Act. TheRegister is supposed to contain compre-hensive information on availability andknowledge of local biological resources,their medicinal or any other use or anyother traditional knowledge associatedwith them) (italics ours).

(3) The other functions of the BMC are toadvise on any matter referred to it bythe State Biodiversity Board or Authorityfor granting approval, to maintain dataabout the local vaids and practitionersusing the biological resources.

Therefore, the role for BMCs defined in theBiodiversity Rules are a complete comedownfrom what was envisaged in the BiodiversityAct, which itself had its own set of problems.Some of the critical problems both from the Actand Rules are:

Constitution of the BiodiversityManagement Committees (BMC)

1. The de finition of local body isproblematic, as it leaves out gram sabhaor other village assemblies. Since thelocal body has to appoint/select the BMC,the political affiliation and relationshipbetween a village and the panchayatbody will play an important role in theconstitution and functioning of the BMC.

2. The process of local body constitutingBMC, is by nomination. Rules 22(2) & (3)expressly mention that the memberswill be NOMINATED by the local body &the Chairperson will be ELECTED by thecommittee, then the BMC could becomeanother power center and might notactually function to conserve biodiversityor protect community rights.

Focus of Work and Functioning1. The Act clearly spells out a list of

functions for the BMC, among which arepromoting conservation and main-taining PBR. The Rule dilutes this andstates that the main role is to merelymaintain PBR.

2. Peoples Biodiversity Register: ThePeoples Biodiversity Register (PBR) is adocument that records the diversity ofspecies of flora, fauna, crops, livestocketc. As on date, there is no legalprotection available for the knowledgerecorded in the PBR. This is problematicwhen it comes to the question of accessto this document. Even though commu-




nities create and maintain a databaseof their resources of knowledge, thereis no or requirement that their consentwould sought when it comes to accessingthe information in the PBRs.Although Rule 17 says local bodies willbe consulted before approval for accessto bio resources is given, the definitionof consult is not clear and in manycases it might remain a mere formality.

3. Though the Act clearly has spelt outcriteria for rejecting applications, it hasnot listed community consent as one ofthem. Rule 7 is clearly biased, as it givesBMC only an advisory role in the of grantapprovals.

BIODIVERSITY ACT/RULES ANDINTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

The biodiversity legislation provides for aregulatory system by which access toknowledge relating to biodiversity can begranted. Providing for an approval procedure fora patent or any other intellectual property rightbased on any Indian biological material andknowledge is seen by several groupscampaigning against patents on life as asignificant departure from the earlier stanceof the Government of India. The Act does notprohibit IPRs and therefore the criticism is thatit facilitates the privatization of India straditional knowledge. The Act only forbids anapplication for any IPR in or outside Indiawithout prior approval of the NBA (Section 6).The NBA may either allow or disallow anapplication for a patent or any other IPR.Neither the procedure in the relevant Rule 18nor the Form III for seeking such approvalfactors in consultation of communities. Onoccurrence of an instance of biopiracy, the NBAis empowered by the Act to take any necessaryaction to oppose the grant of IPR in any countryoutside India on behalf of the Government of

India [Section 18(4)]. In the absence of aglobally agreed single forum wherein suchcases can be challenged the NBA may have toonly engage in fire-fighting at different patentand or trade mark offices overseas. Indiantrade negotiators have at international foraagreed that patents will be allowed on suchresources or knowledge only if there is:

Disclosure of source and country oforigin of the biological resource and ofthe traditional knowledge used in theinvention

Disclosure of Evidence of prior informedconsentDisclosure of Evidence of benefit sharing

IPRS IN THE CONTEXT OFPROTECTION OF PLANT VARIETIESAND FARMER S RIGHT ACT

The IPR provisions in Biodiversity Act mustalso be seen in the light of the growing pro-IPRtrend of the Government of India, more visiblein other IPR-related laws & policies such as:

the Protection of Plant Varieties andFarmer s Rights Act, 2001 whichintroduces plant breeders rightsAmendments in the Patent Act, 1970towards compliancy of WTO TRIPsstandards

An IPR sought under the PVP law does notcome under the purview of the Biodiversity Act,in other words a person seeking a plant breederright does not require approval of the NBA. ThePVP Authority is only to keep the NBA informedof such grant of rights. Therefore all the threelegislations (Biodiversity Act, Protection ofPlant Varieties and Farmer s Rights Act, andPatents Act) move in tandem towards a pro-IPR regime, and in that sense are notincompatible . So even though an

international convention like the Convention




on Biological Diversity (Article 16.5), states thatintellectual property rights must not conflictwith the conservation and sustainable use ofbiodiversity, the biodiversity law is apparentlybased on the premise that IPRs & biodiversityconservation are not antithetical! It isimportant to note that is only after Indiabecame a signatory to this convention that theprocess of drafting the legislation begun inIndia.This is how the IPR philosophy or ratherpolitics (contained in the Patents & PVPLegislation) has even corrupted a supposedlyconservation oriented legislation.




1. Consider the following statements.1) Biosequestration is the capture &

storage of the atmospheric greenhousegas CO2 by biological processes.

2) Sulpher dioxide is the most abundant& stable greenhouse gas in theatmosphere.

Which of the above statements is / are true.

a) Both 1 & 2 b) 1 only

c) 2 only d) Neither 1 nor 2

2. Consider the following statements.1) The non-legally binding forest principles

were established in Rio de Janeiro(1992).

2) India has the largest area of tropicalrain forest.

3) Charcoal created by pyrolysis of biomassis known as Biochar.


a) 1 & 3 b) All of the above

c) 1 & 2 d) 2 & 3

3. Consider the following statements.1) Terra preta soils found in Amazon

Basin.2) Placing biochar in soils improves water

quality.

3) Phytoliths are microscopic sphericalshells of silicon that can store carbonfor thousands of years.


a) 1 & 3 b) 1 & 2

c) All of the above d) Neither 1 nor 2

4. Consider the following statements.1) Algae naturally capture sunlight & use

its energy to split water into hydrogen,oxygen & oil which can be extracted.

2) The United Nations Collaborativeprogramme on Reducing emissionsfrom Deforestation & forest Degradationin Developing countries is acollaboration between UNDP & AsianDevelopment Bank (ADB).

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) Both 1 & 2 b) 2 onlyc) Neither 1 nor 2 d) 1 only

5. Consider the following statements.1) Conservation of habitats, species &

ecosystems where they naturally occuris called Ex-situ.

2) Conservation of elements of bio-diversity out of the context of theirnatural habitats is referred to as in-situconservation.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) Both 1 & 2 b) Neither 1 nor 2c) 1 only d) 2 only

6. Consider the following statements.1) Some species are key tothe functioning

of a habitat & their loss would lead togreater than average change in otherspecies populations or ecosystemprocesses there are known as keystonespecies.

2) Complementarity is a method used toselect areas for conservation.


Questions




a) Both 1 & 2 b) 1 onlyc) 2 only d) Neither 1 nor 2

7. Consider the following statements ofNagoya protocol.1) Nagoya protocal was adopted on October

2010.2) Protocol provides a transparent legal

framework for the effectiveimplementation of one of the threeobjectives of the CBD (conventional onBiological diversity).

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1 only b) 2 onlyc) Both 1 & 2 d) Neither 1 nor 2

8. Consider the following statements.1) India did not sign on convention on

Biological Diversity.2) National Biodiversity Authorityis

situated in Chennai.3) Government of India has brought

Biological Diversity Act 2002.Which of the above statements is / are true.

a) All of the above b) 1 & 2c) 1 & 3 d) 2 & 3

9. Consider the following statements.1) The United Nations declared the period

from 2011-2020 as the UN Decade onBiodiversity.

2) The Nagoya protocol also known as theBiosafety protocol.

3) The convention on Biodiversitysecretariat based in Montreal.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) All of the above b) 1 & 3c) 2 & 3 d) 1 & 2

10.Consider the following statements.1) The great Indian bustard. Indian Horn-

bill is the largest amongst all the hornbills found in the forests of India.

2) Kulik (Raiganj) Bird Sanctuary is thelargest bird sanctuaries in Asia.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1 only b) Both 1 & 2c) 2 only d) Neither 1 nor 2

11.Match the following.Bird Sanctuary Place(1)Kumarakam A) Karnataka

(2)Ranganthittu B) Kerala

(3)Venab thangal C) Andhra Pradesh

(4)Kaimdinya D) Tamilnadua) 1 - a 2 - b 3 - c 4 - d

b) 1 - b 2 - c 3 - d 4 - a

c) 1 - b 2 - a 3 - d 4 - c

d) 1 - c 2 - d 3 - a 4 - b




1. b. CO2 is the most abundant & stablegreen house gas in the atmosphere.

2. a. Brazil has the largest area of tropicalrain forest.

3. c.

4. d. Collaboration between UNDP, FAO &UNEP.

5. b.

6. a.

7. c.

8. d. India is a party to the conventionBiological Diversity.

9. b. Cartagena protocol known as theBiosafety protocol.

10. a. Raiganj one of the largest birdsanctuaries in Asia.

11. c.

Answers and explanations :


SAMPLE MATERIAL OF

OUR STUDY KIT

PAPER I

GENERAL SCIENCE



RADARS WORK

Teaching & Research

Info, systems, & networks

Materials & devicesSmart energy & environmental system

Marriage of bio & artificial

Bio Engineering

Applied Chemistry &

Chemical Engineering

Environmental Science &

Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

Science and Engineering

Applied Physics

Doctrina l Engineering

Computer Science &

Engineering

The word radar stands for radio detecting and ranging.It makes use of very short radio waves called microwaves.Radars work to find out how far away an Object is and incase of a moving object in what direction it is moving and atwhat speed.

COLOR TV PICTURE PRODUCED

The picture on a television screen is nothing but apattern of glowing dots, or pixels. The pixels are made upof fluorescent chemicals called phosphors that are coatedon the back on the screen. These glow on being hit by abeam of a single phosphorus and are lit up by a singleelectron beam that rapidly sweeps across the screen. In acolor television how-ever, each pixel contains threephosphorus each producing a different colour-green, red andyellow. Three electron beams produced by three electronguns are used to light up the different phosphorus.

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WORK

Fire extinguishing agents work basically in two ways either by cooling the burning materials or by blanketing

them with an inert coating that cuts off the supply of oxygen.One of the most common ones uses water which has a highheat capacity.

Foam type fire extinguishers use foaming agents thathave a smothering and cooling effect on the wire. A drychemical extinguisher sprays a very fine power of sodiumbicarbonate or potassium bicarbonate or monoammoniumphosphorus. These solids coat the fuel and smother the fire.

A safe and effective extinguisher for all confined fires usescarbon dioxide (co2) which acts as an inert blanket.

LIE DETECTORS WORK

A lie detectors work on the principal that a person whotells a lie is nervous and under stress under these conditionshis body undergoes some physiological changes.

These includes increases in the blood pressure, heartbeat rate and perspiration on hands and soles. These changesare monitored and detected by a lie detector.

STORAGE BATTERIES WORK

Storage batteries are devices which act as a storehouse of electrical energy. The electrical energy is stored inthe form of a chemical charge which is reversible. The mostcommon storage battery is the lead acid- accumulator whichuses lead as electrode and sulphuric acid as an electrolyte.Initially both the cell electrodes of the battery made of leadare coated with a layer of lead dioxide.When the battery ischarged for the first time, chemical charges take place.During discharging when the battery is in use, chemicalchanges take place again but in the reverse way. Each cellin a lead acid battery produces two volts and a typical carbattery with six cells gives 12 volts. Nickel iron and nickel cadmium batteries are other kind of storage batteries which

are nickel, and iron or cadmium as electrodes and potassiumhydroxide as electrolyte.

AEROPLANES FLY

Aeroplanes fly by a combination of power from theengines and lift provided by the wings. These are shaped insuch a way that air flowing along the upper surface takes alonger path than the air flowing along the lower surface. Asa result when an aircraft moves forward, the air flowingabove the wings moves faster than the air flowing belowthe wings, creating a low pressure above the wing accordingto Bernoulli s law. This difference in pressure above andbelow the wings causes lift. As the speed of the aircraft onthe runway increases, the lift also increases, eventuallyovercoming the download force of gravity. The aircraft alsouses the thrust created by its engine to climb and afterreaching certain height cruises along in a horizontal direction.

GIST OF WHAT, WHY & HOW




HELICOPTERS REMAIN STATIONARY IN MID AIR

Unlike an aeroplane, helicopters have moving wingsin the shape of spinning rotor blades. Air currents passingover the upper and lower surface of the spinning bladescrates low pressure above it and generate lift. The lift canbe controlled by varying the pitch (angle) of the rotor blades,by increasing the pitch of the main rotor blades lift isincreased and the craft climbs. Lowering the pitch of theblades lift is increased and the craft climbs. Lowering thepitch of the blades reduces lift and gravity causes thehelicopter to descend. Similarly , if the pilot holds the rotorpitch in such a way the blades produce just enough lift tocounteract gravity, the helicopter remains station ary in mid air.

NIGHT VISION GLASSES WORK

Night vision glasses, used for seeing in the pitch darknight, use the little light available to form an image ofsufficient brightness to be screen.

The image is first focused, as in a camera, on to awindow which is coated with special chemicals containingsodium, potassium, cadmium and oxygen compoundswhich emit electrons when illuminated.

The electrons so emitted are then accelerated by a seriesof powerful electric fields and made to fall into anotherscreen coated with a fluorescing chemical which glowsrecreating a much brighter image of the original scene.

Some night vision glasses make use of infraredradiation emitted by all objects even in the dark. Theseradiations are amplified in a similar way to make night visionpossible.

AIR POLLUTION DETECTORS WORK

Air pollution is coused by substance that is not normallypart of the atmosphere s composition. Important airpollutants are sulpher dioxide, nitrogen oxides and carbonmono oxide usually emitted in automobile exhausts and powersmoke. Pollution detectors work by making use of thechemical or physical properties of the pollutants. Forexample, the detection of nitrogen oxides is based on theemission of light as a result of a chemical reaction.

This phenomenon is called chemilumine-scences.If nitrogen are present, light is emitted which can be detectedby a photo detected. Sulphur dioxide is detected byintroducing it into a flame and then analyzing the colourproduced by an instrument called flame photometer. Carbonmonoxide is detected by emission of infrared radiation of aparticular frequency when excited by an arc or a spark. Aninfrared spectrometer is used to detect the presence of thisgas in air.

ATM WORK

An automatic teller machine (ATM) performs simplebanking functions such as deposits withdrawal, cashdispensing, and transfers between accounts.An ATM is aterminal connected via telephone or dedicatedtelecommunication lines to larger computer system thatidentify the user s account on the basis of data stored in amagnetic strip on the back of a plastic ATM card commonlyknown as the credit card. The user operates the system usingan exclusive personal identification number (PIN), assignedto him or her.

ARTIFICIAL DIAMONDS MADE

Diamond is formed in nature from graphite beneaththe earth crust by the action of extreme heat and pressure.Artificial diamonds are made by mimicking the naturalprocess by applying intense heat and pressure on graphitein the presence of iron as catalyst. A pressure of up to 1,00,000 kg per sq. Cm. is applied and an electric furnace isused for heating the compressed mixture up to 2500 C. Oncooling, the molten mass contains, tiny artificial diamondsfirmly surrounded by iron.

PEARLS CULTURED

A pearl is a biological product produced naturally bycertain oysters as a defense mechanism. They are formedwhen a foreign body such as a sand particle enters the bodyof the oyster. the oysters in order to get rid of the foreignbody coasts it with a material called nacre which is basicallythe chemical calcium carbonate.

Over a period of time these layers make the pearl growin size until they are taken out. Pearls are cultured by insertingan artificial irritant into the oyster. The oysters are thencarefully tended in special beds.Cultured pearls usually takethree to six years to grow to a good size.

CRUDE OIL REFINED

Crude oil that comes out of an oil well is a thick, darkliquid containing a mixture of many organic compounds. Itcannot be put to use without refining. The differentconstituents of crude oil boil at different temperature.Refining processes may be classified as fractional distillationseparates crude oil into some of its fractions depending ontheir boiling points. Some components are separated bysolvent extraction in which an organic solvent is used toextract the substances especially solids which are thenrecovered by crystallization or evaporation of the solvent.Cracking is also a process used in refiners to produce usefulpetrochemicals. Here heat and catalyst are used to breakdown some of the heavier hydrocarbons to lighter, moreuseful fractions.




COOKING OIL REFINED

Vegetable oils are mixtures of chemicals calledglycerides or esters of glycerides and long chain fatty acids.Oil is obtained by crushing oil bearing seeds such as groundnut, sunflower seeds or rapeseed, and then pressing the oilthrough expellers. These mechanically extracted oils containimpurities like gums and free fatty acids (FFA), which haveto be removed to make the oils suitable cooking media.Refining of oils is done by first treating it with alkali whichforms soap with the FFAs. The soaps settle out carryingwith them some colouring matter. The colour and odour areremoved by treating the oil with some absorbing materialslike fuller s earth. Refining can also be done by extractingthe pure oil with a suitable organic solvent like hexane andthen removing the solvent by distillation.

PHOTOCOPIES MADE

Photocopying makes use of materials which can beelectrostatically charged and which loses the charge whenexposed to light. In a photocopying machine a drum madeup of selenium is first charged electrically in the dark. Animage of the illuminated document to be copied is thenprojected on to the charged drum. The illuminated areas inthe image falling on the drum destroy the electric chargewhile the dark areas retain the charge. The drum is thendusted with a fine black resinous powder called toner imageof the original document. The image is transferred to paperwhich is given the opposite charge. The toner image is finallyfixed on the paper by applying heat which melts the tonerand sets it into the fibers producing a permanent dry copyof the original document. The entire process is automated.

COLOR PAINTING DONE

A printed colour picture is made up of tiny dots of threeprimary colours-cyan, magenta, yellow, and black. Forprinting, there fore, the colour original is first separated byscanning into negatives for cyan, yellow, magenta and black.

During scanning, a screen of dots is also used so thatthe images on the four negatives are in the form of fine dotswhich is necessary for printing.

The most popular colour printings process used thesedays is offsets printings. Offset printings employs speciallytreated aluminum plates on which the printings ink sticksonly to selected areas. When the plate, made sensitive to lightby chemical coating, is exposed to light through the filmnegative and washed, coated areas that repel water but acceptoil based ink remain. The plate is mounted on a cylinder inprinting machine and wetted so that only the printed areasare linked. The impression from the printing plate is firsttransferred to a cylinder covered with a rubber blanket whichfinally transfers the impression onto paper.

WE FALL ASLEEP

In humans the sleep wakefulness cycle is controlledby the hypothalamus located in the lower portion of the brain.

MEHANDI COLOUR SKIN

Mehandi or henna leaves contain a colouring mattercalled Lawsone. This is a dye which can bind with the proteinin hair and nails. This protein is called keratin. The skin ofthe palms and soles also contain keratin.

BLOOD PRESERVED

Outside the body, blood coagulates in five to tenminutes. Coagulation involves alteration in one of the plasmaprotein called fibrinogen into an insoluble protein called fibrinwith the help of calcium icons. Coagulation can, therefore,be prevented by removing the calcium icons from blood.For preservation of blood meant for transfusion, sodiumcitrate is added which removes calcium form blood byforming a soluble complex with it.

BODY TEMPERATURE MAINTAINED

The body has an in built temperature regulatingmechanism in the shape of the hypothalamus in the brain.The heat of the blood passing through it and the messagessent from the temperature sensitive nerve endings on theskin feed information to the hypothalamus. Once region ofthe hypothalamus so sensitive to temperature above normalwhile another region is sensitive to a fall in body heat. Whenthe body gains too much heat it loses the extra heat bysweating. When the environment is cold, the body generatesextra heat by stepping up metabolism and muscle activitysuch as shivering. These changes are brought by path wayscontrolled by the nerves that are concerned with reflexcontrol of bodily functions.

AIDS DETECTED

AIDS is caused by a virus called humanimmunodeficiency virus or HIV. The presence of this virusis detected by screening the blood of a person for specialkinds of proteins called antibodies which are produced inthe body in response to viral infection A characteristic featureof antibody molecules is that they are highly specific. Theybind only to certain regions of the antigen. This is similar toa key fitting only a specific lock. AIDS detection tests areactually based on detecting the binding of the antibodiespresent in the blood with an artificially synthesized antigenattached to a solid surface.

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES INTOXICATE

Alcoholic beverages contain ethyl alcohol which onreaching the brain and slows down the activity of the central




nervous system especially those parts of the brain thatcontrol a person s behavior.

BATS FLY IN THE SKY

Bats navigate by making use of sounds that they emit.The way these sounds bounce off from nearby objects andobstacles and return to the bat s ears enables it to gaugedistance and avoid obstacles. Being in the range of 100,000hertz, these sounds are inaudible to human ears which canhear only unto 20,000 hertz. Bats can discriminate betweenfaint echoes of their own sound in the presence of othersounds. Interestingly. Large bats such as the flying fox donot use sound for navigating but rely on vision instead. Theyfly and feed by day and become disoriented if forced to flyin the dark.

CAMELS SURVIVE IN DESERTS

Camels can survive for days in desert with little foodand no water due to their unique physiology. Contrary tothe common belief, a camel does not store water serves asa reverse for energy and a source of water when in need.When the fat is utilized by the camels body, hydrogen isreleased which combines with oxygen to form water.

FIREFLIES GLOW

A firefly emits yellow-green light from special organslocated in the lower portion of its abdomen. These organscontain in enzyme called luciferase which acts as a catalyst.When luciferin comes in contact with oxygen from air inpresence of lucifrease, it gets oxidized emitting flashes oflight. The light produced is, cool.

LIZARDS WALK ON WALLS

The feet of lizards are adapted for walking on roughas well as smoth surface. The lizards have slits on their toesand these functions like suction disks helping them to clingto smooth areas such as a glass pane. The claws present ontoes help the lizard to hold on to and walk on a rough surface.in this way a lizard can even walk upside down across aplastered ceiling or on a glass roof without trouble.

ANIMALS SEE AT NIGHT

Members of the cat family, like the tiger and cat orother nocturnal animals can see in near darkness becauseof the presence of large number of cells called rod cells inthe retina. These cells are sensitive to dim light and help theanimal to see in near darkness. Other nocturnal animals likeowl and Loris have very large pupils which allow more lightto enter the eyes. In addition, the retina of these animals hasa layer called tapetum lucidum . This reflects inwards thelight falling on retina and thus help in gathering all the lightavailable in dark surrounding.

FRUITS RIPEN

Unripe fruits are typically hard, green, and have a souron astringent taste due to the presence of organic acids suchas malic, citric, and tartaric. They have high amounts oflarge molecule carbohydrates called polysaccharides and lowamount of protein. Ethylene gas which triggers the ripeningprocess emanates from fruits and causes rapid and dramaticchanges. The green color of the fruits disappears and red,or yellow coloured pigments such as anthocyanins andcarotenoids appear giving the fruits distinct colour. Thepolysaccharides are broken down to smaller sugars whichgive the fruits the sweet taste. The fruits also begin to soften.Volatile substances are produced during ripening which givesmany fruits their distinct aroma.

PLANTS CAPTURE INSECTS

Certain plants which grow in soil poor in nutrientsdepend on insects for their nutritional requirement. Thesecarnivores plants use a combination of deception and atrapping device to get their meals.

Some insects eating plants like the venus fl trap(dionaea musipula) have leaves moulded into twin blade trapswith teeth like projections on their margins which interlockto trap any insect sitting on the leaf. Leaves of another plantnames drosera have glandes all over them which secrete asticky substance to trap insects. The pitcher plant has fluidfilled pitches shaped structure into which unwary insectsfall and drown. All insects eating plants secrete digestivejuices to digest their prey.

WATER RISE IN TALL TREES

Cells in the root hairs of plant contain dissolved sugarsand salts. Water surrounding the root moves into them toequalize the pressure. This is called osmosis. The increasedwater pressure in root hairs forces water up-word, cell bycell through the roots and trunk to reach the leaves. Inaddition to this, during the growing season, a tree passestones of water into the atmosphere from its leaves throughtranspiration.

This creates a partial vacuum that is quickly filled bythe water being pushed up from the roots. Water moleculesstick together, and as water is lost during transpiration, thiscohesion causes a chain reaction that is transmitted all theway down.

ANNULAR RINGS IN PLANTS FORMED

The annular rings or the altering dark light circles seenin a cross section of a tree are produced because ofdifferences in the rate of growth in different seasons. As ithappens , the entire tissue in the trunk of a tree does notdivide or grow to increase the girth of the tree. There is a




layers of dividing tissue called the cambium sandwichedbetween the fibrous xylem (the water carrying tissue).However, the cambium divides at different rates in differentseasons. In winter, its growth is slower than in other season,say in spring, when conditions for growth are fairlyfavorable. Thus, the relatively small numbers of cellsproduced in winter remain compacted together producinga dark band while the cells produced during the springseason spread out into a boarder light band. These growthpatterns are repeated at annual intervals and hence the annularrings thus indicate the age of a tree as well as the changesin climate that might have occurred in the tree s life time.

LIGHTING OCCURS

Lightening is coused by an electric discharge in thunderclouds. These are clouds that rise to great heights and havestrong air currents in them. The ice crystals, water dropletsand other particles present in these collide with each otherand get electrically charged.

Air usually works as an insulator to prevent theseelectric charges from escaping. But when the charge buildup in the thundercloud crosses a certain level, the insulationeffect of air breaks down and causes a massive dischargewhich we see as flashes of lighting. As the discharges takesplace, the surroundings are suddenly expands to producethe sound which we hear as thunder. Lighting can pass fromone cloud to another or from a cloud to the ground.

ARTIFICIAL RAIN PRODUCED

Rain occurs when the water vapour in the cloudsforms water drops or ice crystals large and heavy enoughto fall to the ground. This process is hastened if the cloudhas tiny particles of matter for the water vopour to condenseon. Artificial rain produced by introducing these particlesinto the clouds by a process called cloud seeding.

Clouds can be seeded in different ways. The seedingagent can be sprayed into a cloud from an air plane or sentup in a rocket. If the wind is strong enough, it can bedispersed in the form of smoke from the ground. At cloudtemperature above 0oC solid carbon dioxide or crystals ofsilver dioxide is used. Water vapour in the clouds condensesaround the seeding agent to form rain drops. If thetemperature is below 0oC ice crystals are formed. When theice crystals pass through air warmer than 0oC, they meltand fall as rain.

Artificial rain is best produced from moisture-ladenclouds. It cannot be produced from a cloudless sky.

WOOLLENS KEEP US WARM

Wool fibres are made of a particular protein (keratin)which is a bad conductor of heat and as a result does notallow heat to escape. This helps us in keeping warm during

winter. These fibers are wavy in structure, the propertycommonly known as crimp. Crimp imparts resilience to thefibres due to which fibres quickly recover from wrinklingand crushing. Because of this wavy structures the fibresdo not come perfectly close and a result a large number ofair pockets are formed. The air entrapped within thesepockets acts as an insulator and traps body heat inside.

CURD FORMED

This bacteria produces produces lactic acid by thefermentation of the milk sugar lactose. The lactic acid soformed by the bacteria action contains positive hydrogenions which are attracted to the negative particles of theprotein casein. As the latter are neutralized, these proteinmolecules no longer repel one another but coagulate. Theoptimum temperature at which lactobacillus acts is around40 c. so milk is usually warmed to this temperature beforesetting it to curdle.

STARS BORN

Stars take birth out of clouds of hydrogen, helium anddust particles present in galaxies. Due to the turbulent motionin these gas clouds, the dust particles undergo randomcollisions and condense under the influence of stronggravitational pull. As the gases and dust particles begincondensing, the temperature inside rises due to increasingpressure. As the condensing mass grows bigger thegravitational pressure at the centre increases further till theintense heat raises the temperature to around 10 millionsdegree Celsius. At this temperature the hydrogen atoms startcolliding so vigorously that they fuse with each other to formhelium atoms. In the process some mass is lost. For every1000 kg of hydrogen used up, 993 kg of helium is formed.The rest is converted into tremendous amount of energyaccording to the relation ship E=mc2, where E is the energy,m the mass and c the velocity of light. This energy is liberatedin the form of light and heat and a star is born.

TEMPERATURE OF SUN MEASURED

There are many ways of measuring temperature. Themost common is the mercury thermometer in which anexpanding Column of mercury in a glass capillary indicatesthe temperature. But a mercury thermometer cannot be usedto measure temperature above 357oC. for measuring highertemperature such as that in a furnace, instruments calledpyrometers are used. But for measuring the sun stemperature a different technique is used. It makes use ofthe fact that the colour at which a hot object gives off themaximum energy is directly related to the temperature ofthe hot body.

This is governed by a law known as Wien s law. Thesun gives off light which is a mixture of several colours.




When the spectrum of sunlight is analyzed by using specialinstruments called bolometer it is found that the maximumintensity falls in the green part of the sun s spectrum. Fromthis and by using Wien s law, we obtains a value of 5800 kfor the sun s surface temperature.

SPACESUITS PROTECT

A spacesuit is protective gear that protects an astronautfrom the hostile environment of extremely low pressure, lowtemperature and radiation in space. It is made up of severallayers of strong synthetic materials including Teflon andnylon which shield the astronauts from tiny particles calledmicrometeoroids. The intense solar radiations are reflectedby a white plastic layer which has a metallic coating. Theinterior of the suit is pressurized but for which the astronaut sblood would boil off in the vacuum of space. A backpackcarries water both for drinking as a well as to keep theastronaut cool. Water flows through piper in the astronaut ssuit and carries away body heat.

FIREWORKS DISPLAY COLOURS

Fireworks are produced by metals or metal saltspresent in the fireworks. Metals have the property ofemitting light of a particular colour while they burn. Forinstance, when sodium or its salts burn, yellow light is givenout. Similarly, on burning, finally divided aluminum givesout bright white light. Strontium salts gives out red colourwhile copper and barium salts produce instance blue andgreen colours respectively. Fireworks manufactures makeuse of this property of metals and their salts and use themin various combinations in crackers to produce spectacularfireworks display.

PLANTEST SPHERE SHAPED

All the planets of our solar system were formed outof the same cloud of gas and dust that gave rise to the sun,some five billion years ago. As random Collisions andgravitational forces compacted the gas and dust particlesinto the various planets the heat generated brought the massesinto a molten state. Since surface tension of a liquid tendsto make the surface area minimum and the sphere has theminimum surface area for a given volume, all the plants inthe molten state become spherical and have retained thatshape as they cooled.

SEA WATER SALTY

Sea water is salty because it containts many dissolvedsalts, mostly sodium chloride with small proportions ofpotassium, magnesium, calcium and carbonates. The saltcomes mainly with river water that flows through rockseroded by frost and rain. The gradual wearing away ofmountains releases rnemicals which are carried down by

rivers to the ocean comes mainly with river water that flowsthrough rocks eroded by frost and rain. The gradual wearingaway of mountains releases rnemicals which are carrieddown by rivers to the ocean as dissolved salts. Some saltalso enters sea water from the rocks beneath the sea bed;the river water carrying salts to the sea does not taste saltybecause the salts are present in extremely smallconcentration. Whereas in the case of the oceans, water iscontinuously evaporating even as more and more saltcontinues to be added with river water. This, over millionsof years has led to the high concentration of dissolved saltsin sea water.

LIGHTNING ACCOMPANIED BY THUNDER

Lightning occurs when a massive electrical dischargetakes place between two oppositely charged clouds orbetween a charged cloud and the ground. The chargesDevelop in thunder clouds due to the friction of waterdroplets with air as the droplets move up and down withthe rising and descending air currents within the cloud.During a bolt of lightening, thousands of amperes ofelectricity flow through the air in a fraction of a second.This rapidly heats up the air along its path which expandsvery fast producing shock waves which we hear as thunder.Although the lightning and thunder are produced at the sameinstant, we hear the thunder later because light travels fasterthan sound.

SYNTHETIC FABRICS DRY TO QUICKLY

Synthetic fibers are made artifically. They are solid,smooth and straight in structure unlike a natural fiber likecotton which is hollow. So when synthetic fabrics are soakedin water, only surface of the fibers gets wet as water doesnot enter the body of the fiber. That is why these fabricsabsorb very little amount of water and dry quickly as thewater drips away. Such fabrics are also known as, dripdry .

SOAP FORM LATHER IN HARD WATER

Soaps are salts of fatty acids. Common soaps are watersoluble and potassium salts of fatty acids. Soap cannot formlather unless it dissolves in water. Hard water does notdissolve soap because the calcium and magnesium saltspresent in it produce insoluble substances by reacting withsoap. These insoluble substances separate out as scum andreduce the effectiveness of the soap as a Cleansing agent.

FLUORESCENT TUBES CONSUME LESS POWER

In filament lamps a good part of the electrical energyis used up in heating the filament which in turn glowsthrowing light around. While in fluorescent tubes light isproduced by electrical discharge in a glass tube, the insideof which is coated with a fluorescent material. The filaments




at the two ends are used only to start the discharge. Thedischarge passing through vapors of mercury produce UVradiations which exites the fluorescent.

Coating producing visible light. Since very little heatingis involved in the process and most of the electrical energyis used in producing light, fluorescent tubes consume lesspower than filament lamps.

ICE MELTS WHEN SUBJECTED TO PRESSURE

One of the laws of fusion is that the melting point ofsubstances which expand on freezing is lowered by theincrease of pressure, while it is raised in the case of thosewhich contract on solidification. Ice belongs to the firstcategory of substances, that is, it expands on freezing. Icehas an open structure which collapses when subjected topressure, producing water which occupies lesser volume.That is why ice when subjected to pressure.

THERE A DISTURBANCE ON TV WHEN WE OPERATE AN

ELECTRICAL SWITCH

When an electrical switch is operated it produces aspark at the contact point. This spark emits electromagneticradiation. Since radio and TV signals are alsoelectromagnetic in nature, the bursts of electromagneticradiation produced by a spark is also received by the radioor TV set. This lead to the disturbance which is heard ascracking sounds on the radio and snowy lines on the TVpicture.

COLOURED SOAPS PRODUCE WHITE BUBBLES

Foam or lather is nothing but a large collection of smallsoap bubbles. A sop bubble is, in turn, a very thin film ofsoap solution enclosing some air. Because of the low surfacetension of soap solution, the film can stretch and spread andform innumerable bubbles with a very large total surfacearea. Because of this, whatever slight tint present in the thinfilm of the coloured soap solution gets subdued. Although asoap film is more or less transperent, the lather or foamlooks white because the light striking this large collectionof bubbles gets scattered. That is why all kinds of foam lookwhite.

THINGS BURN

Burning is a chemical process in which the materialburns combines with oxygen with the generation of largeamounts of heat. As a result the temperature of the burningmaterial rises to serveral hundred degrees Celsius and it mayburst into flames. Therefore, any substance that readilycombines with oxygen at a few hundred degrees andproduces a lot of heat will burn if ignited. Such substancessuch as paper, wood, cloth, plastics, rubber etc. are usuallyrich in carbon and hydrogen. Some volatile liquids such as

alcohol, petrol, etc. catch fire easily because they producehighly combustible vapors.

A DRIED PIECE OF COTTON APPEAR DARKER WHEN WET

Cotton is a natural fibre. When woven or knitted intocloth, the fibres are loosely packed and contain lot of airspaces. When light falls on these fibres it is scattered fromthe boundaries of the fibres and the colour of the clot appearslighter. But when the fabric is soaked in water, the air pocketsof the fibres get filled with water. This reduces the amountof Light Scattered from the fibric. Therefore, more lightreflected from the coloured fabric reaches to the eye andthe coloured appear deeper. However, synthetic and silkfibres are smooth in structuture and leave no air space whenwoven or knitted. So the colour or silk or synthetic fabricis not altered when the fabric is soaked in water.

WATER AND OIL MIX

A phenomenon called polarity prevents oil and waterfrom mixing. All molecules carry electrical charge which isdistributed uniformly or non-uniformly over the length ofthe molecule. In polar compounds, the positive and negativecharges are concentrated at the two ends of the molecule.When such substances are mixed together, the positive andnegative regions of their molecules attract each other andas a result a clear solution is obtained. Water is a polarsubstance and mixes freely with other polar substances. Oilmolecules, on the other hand, are non-polar. When polar andnon-polar substances are mixed together, the mutualattraction of polar molecules separates out the non-plarmolecules and the two substances do not mix.

ACID RAIN

Natural rain always contain small amount of dissolvedcarbondioxide which makes it slightly acidic. But large-scaleburning of coal or oil in industries, power plants and vehiclesproduce large amounts of gases such as sulphur dioxide,nitrogen oxides, etc., which are released into the atmosphere.Under favourable conditions they react with water vapourand oxygen in the atmosphere to produce sulphuric and nitricacids which is eventually come down with rain, snow orfog. The countries wrost affected by acid rains are southernSweden, Northway, parts of central Europe and EasternRegion of North America.

AIDS

Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) is themost devastatign and fatal diseases of the 21st Century it isa viral disease caused by the Human Immune DeficiencyVirus (HIV).




EVALUATE YOURSELF

1. Consider the following statements.(i) Storage Batteries are store houses of electrical

energy.(ii) The energy is stored in the form of chemical

charge.(iii) Most common storage battery is lead acid.

Which of the above are true?a) i & ii b) ii & iic) All of the above

2. Consider the following statements.(A) Night vision glasses are used for seeing in pitch

dark.(ii) Some glasses make use of infrared rediation.

Which of the above are false?a) i b) iic) i & ii d) None

3. Consider the following statements.(A) Diamond is formed in nature from graphite.(ii) In artificial diamonds intense heat is applied on

graphite in the presence of iron as a catalyst.Which of the above are false?a) i & ii b) iic) None

4. Consider the following statements.(i) Sleep/awake cycles in human is controlled by

hypothalamus.(ii) Hypothalamus is located in lower part of the

brain.Which of the above are false?a) i & ii b) iic) i only

5. Consider the following statements.(i) Henna leaves contain a colouring matter called

Lawsone.(ii) It contains keratin, the skin of plams also

contain Keratin.Which of the above are true?a) i b) iic) i & ii d) None

6. Consider the following statements.(i) Alcohol contains ethyl alcohol.(ii) It flows the brain & the activity of the central

nervous system become slow down.Which of the above are false?a) i b) iic) i & ii d) None

7. Consider the following statements.(i) Bats navigate by the sound they emit.(ii) Some sounds are only audible by bats.

(iii) Large bats like flying fox rely on vision to fly.Which of the above are false?a) i & ii b) ii & iiic) iii d) None

8. Consider the following statements.(i) Ethylene gas triggers the ripping of fruits.(ii) Polysaccharides break down to smaller sugar

to give fruits the sweet taste.Which of the above are true?a) i & ii b) ic) ii

9. Consider the following statements.(i) Water in tall trees moves from the roots with

equalized pressure.(ii) This process is called Osmosis.(iii) The increased pressure in root hair forces

water upwards.Which of the above are true?a) i & ii b) ii & iiic) All of the above.

10. Consider the following statements.(i) Plants form annular rings or dark light rings.(ii) These are due to deffence in rate of growth in

different seasons.Which of the above are true?a) i b) iic) Both i & ii

11. Consider the following statements.(i) Lightening is caused by electrical discharge in

thunder clouds.(ii) The ice crystals, water droplets collide with

each other & get electrically changed.Which of the above are false?a) i b) iic) Both i & iid) None of the above

12. Consider the following statements regardingArtifical Rain produced.

(i) Artificial rain is produced by a process calledcloud seeding.

(ii) Cloud temperature of OoC solid carbon dioxidea silver dioxide is used for producing artificalrain.

(iii) It can be produced from a cloudless sky.Which of the above are false?a) i & ii b) iic) iii only d) i & iii

13. Consider the following statements.(i) Wool are made up of a protein called keratin.




(ii) It is a bad conductor of heat & does not allowheat to escape.

(iii) The fibres is wavy and called crump.Which of the above are correct?a) i & iib) All of the abovec) ii & iii

14. Consider the following statements.(i) Starts are born out of clouds of hydrogen,

helium & dust particles in the galaxy.(ii) The gases & dust particles go through collision

and condense.Which of the above are incorrect?a) i b) iic) i & ii d) None

15. Consider the following statements.(i) Sum s temperature is measured using Wien s

law.(ii) A mercury thermometer can be used to

measure sum s temperature.Which of the above are incorrect?a) i b) iic) Both

16. Consider the following statements.(i) A spacesuit is made up of strong synthetic

materials including Teflon, nylon.(ii) These materials shield the astronauts from tiny

particles called micrometeorites.Which of the above are correct?a) i & iib) iic) i

17. Consider the following statements.(i) Fireworks are produced by metals & metal

salts present in the fireworks.(ii) These salts when they burn emit combination

of colour. Therefore fireworks display colour.Which of the above are true?a) i b) iic) i & ii d) None

18. Consider the following statements.(i) Sea water is salty because it containts many

dissolved salts.(ii) Sodium Chloride & small portions of

magnesium, potassium, calcium lead to seawater turning salty.

(iii) Salt mainly comes from river water whichflows through rocks eroded by ffrost & rain.Which of five above are false?a) i & iii b) i & iic) None

19. Consider the following statements.(i) Lightning occurs when a massive electrical

discharge takes place between two oppositelycharged clouds.

(ii) Lightening & thunder are produced at the sametime but we hear thunder later because lightmoves faster than sound.Which of the above are true?a) i & iib) iic) i

20. Consider the following statements.(i) Synthetic fibers are made artificially. They do

not absorb much water.(ii) Such fabrics are known as drip dry fabrics.(iii) They are different in structure from natural

fibers.Which of the above are correct?a) i & ii b) ii & iiic) i & iii d) All

21. Consider the following statements.(i) Soaps are salts of fatty acids.(ii) Soap cannot form leather unless it is dissolved

in water.(iii) Hard water does not dissolve soap as calcium

& magnesium salts present in it to produceinsoluble substance by reacting with soap.Which of the above are incorrect?a) i & ii b) ii & iiic) i & iii d) None

22. Consider the following statements.(i) Fluorescent tubes consume less power than

filament lamps.(ii) In fluorescent tubes light is produced by

electrical discharge in a glass tube, the insideof which is coated with fluorescent material.Which of the above are correct?a) i b) iic) i & ii

23. Consider the following statements.(i) Ice melts when its subject to pressure as it

comes under the law of fusion.(ii) Ice expands on freezing. It has an open

structure which collapses when subject topressure.Which of the above are true?a) i & ii b) iic) i

24. Consider the following statements.(i) Cotton is a natural fibre when woven the fbres

are loosely packed & contain a lot of air spaces.




(ii) When the fabric is seeked in water the airspaced get filled with water.

(iii) Light scattered from the fabric is reducedtherefore the color of fabric appears deeper.Which of the above are correct?a) i & ii b) iic) All of the above.

25. Consider the following statements.(i) Water is a polar substance.(ii) Oil is non polar.(iii) When polar & non polar molecules are mixed

mutual attraction of polar separates out the nonpolar. Therefore oil & water do not mix.

Which of the above are incorrect?a) i b) iic) i & ii d) None

26. Consider the following statements.(i) Sulphor dioxide & nitrogen oxide gases cause

acid rain.(ii) Worst affected areas are Sweden, Norway,

Central Europe & Eastern region of NorthAmerica.Which of the above are correct?a) ib) iic) Both i & ii

ANSWERS

1. C 2. C 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. D 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. C

11. D 12. C 13. B 14. D 15. B 16. A 17. C 18. C 19. A 20. D

21. D 22. C 23. A 24. C 25. D 26. C


SAMPLE MATERIAL OF

OUR STUDY KIT

PAPER I

INDIAN HISTORY



INDIAN IN THE EIGHTEENTHCENTURY

The eighteenth century is a historicallandmark in the history of the Indian sub-continent. The Mughal Empire which wasbrought to its pinnacle of glory by the greatMughals saw decline in its fortunes and gloryin the eighteenth century during the last yearsof Aurangzeb s reign who died in February 20,1707. The succeeding Mughals of theeighteenth century, collectively called the,later Mughals Babadur Shah-I (1707-12);Jahandar Shah (1712-13); Farrukhsiyar (1713-19) Muhammad Shah (1719-38); Ahmad Shah(1748-54); Alamgir II (1754-59); Shah Alam II(1759-1806) were too weak and incompetent tomaintain the banner of the Mughal rule andcould do little to prevent the rise of the regionalpowers and Later, the East India Company.

Ques. 1 : Critically explain the reasons forthe decline of the Mughal Empire?

Ans. The traditional historiography heldthe weak successors and incompetentcommanders as being responsible for thedecline of the Mughal Empire.

Sir J. N. Sarkar understood the revolts bythe Marathas, Jats and Sikhs against thebackground of the religious bigotry ofAurangzeb. However, the reasons are not assimple as the one stated above. While someproblems were created under Aurangzeb s rule,some were inbuilt in the Mughal system ofadministration and only heightened under

Aurangzeb who had to face more than enoughshare of problems.

1. Whi le Aurangzeb expanded theMughal Empire to its maximumboundaries, the campaigns greatlystrained the financial basis of theMughal Empire.

2. The Mughal system of governancewas dependent on the personality ofthe Emperor. Strong Emperors likeBabur, Humayun, Akbar, Jahangir,Shah Jahan and Aurangzeb couldexercise a greater degree of check andbalance over the vast aristocracywhich was o f different ethnicbackground- Turanis, Iranis, Afghans,Sheikhjadas or the Indian Muslimsand the Hindus (the Rajputs and theMarathas). Lineage or the ethnicidentity was the most importantconsideration for alliances. It wasfurther expanded by Aurangzeb sconquest of the two Deccani kingdomsof Bijapur in 1685 and Golconda in1689. Their aristocracy, collectivelycalled the Deccani group, was alsoabsorbed in the Mughal ranks Eachfaction sought to influence theEmperor in order to gain concessionsand more importantly mansabs. Thelater Mughals could not keep a checkon the competition between the




divergent groups and matters weremade more complicated due to theeconomic crisis of the eighteenthcentury related with jagirs andmansabs.

3. Mansabdari and jagirdari crisis? Theinstitution of mansabdari wasdeveloped by Akbar and referred to themilitary organization of thearistocracy Due to its nature eacharistocrat/mansabdar was personallyloyal to the emperor. Each mansabdarhad a dual numerical rank- jat thatsignified his personal rank andsawar, which decided the number ofhorsemen he was required tomaintain. The mansabdar was paidin cash but mostly by grant of landedestate/jagir and out of its revenue,the mansabdar had to maintain hissawar himse lf. The jagirs wereusually non-transferable (tankhajagir) while other were transferable(vatan jagir). Since the appointments,transference, dismissal or promotionof the jagirs was the sole prerogativeof the emperor, there existed apatron-client relationship between

the emperor and the ruling classes.However, beginning with the lastyears of Aurangzeb s reign there wasa marked shrinkage in the numberof jagirs which could not meet theever growing ranks of mansabdars.And more than often the jagirs thatwere allotted were not economicallyviable, especially those in the Deccanwere not fertile and not sufficientenough to meet the needs of themansabdars. This jagirdari crisis isbelieved to have intensified the courtpolitics with each faction vying forbetter jagirs. Under the later

Mughals, this crisis kept intensifyingand weakened the position of theEmperor. The crisis meant that theemperor was not assured of supportand loyalty of the ruling class and thisin turn destabilized the military baseof the Emperor.

4. Militarily, the Mughal army was weakdue to lack of technological innovationand organization. There werecontingents of soldiers who owedallegiance to their immediateoverlords. It lacked a nationalcharacter.

5. The Deccan campaign of Aurangzebproved to be suicidal for the MughalEmpire The war with the Marathaspreoccupied Aurangzeb keeping himaway from Delhi, the center for power,for most part of the last twenty yearsof his life. His absence from seat ofthe Mughal Empire meant that theprovisional governors/subedars werebeyond his reach and could exercisegreater authority in their provincesThe Deccan campaign also proved tobe a drain on the military strength ofthe army and the Empires treasury.

6. The continuous campaigns alsoaffected the livelihood of thepeasantry. Peasants were allowed toretain the bare minimum of thesurplus-produce ; the rest wascollected as the land revenue out ofwhich the governing class derived itswealth. High land revenue,corruption of the revenue farmers,jagirdars, and petty officials led to overexploitation of the peasants many ofwhom left agriculture altogether tradewas also disturbed especially in theDeccan All of this precipitated the




gradual collapse of the MughalEmpire. Even in north India, theheart of Mughal India, manyzamindars defied the Mughalauthority by often withholding therevenues from it. These zamindarsdue to their closeness with thepeasants who had their owngrievance, could mobilize them. TheJat peasants in north India, the Sikhsin the Punjab, the Maratha sadars andthe Rajputs of Rajasthan whowithdrew their allegiance to theMughal Emperor all rose up in acts ofdefiance.

7. Matters were worsened by the seriesof tribal incursions or raids in Indiafrom Central Asia, Eurasia andAfghanistan in the eighteenthcentury. In 1730s, the Marathasunder Shivaji gained access to vasttracts of Central India. In 1738, theyeven plundered the suburbs of Delhi.Nadir Shah from Persia invaded andsacked Delhi in 1738-39 during thereign of Muhammad Shah. In 1748,the first Afghan invasion was repelledbut under the leadership of AhmadShah Abdali, Punjab was conqueredand he then sacked Delhi in 1756-57. Mughals sought help from theMarathas who were led by SadasivRao Bhao but the latter too weredefeated by Abdali at the Battle ofPanipat in 1761 (1761 is also thetime-frame when the East IndiaCompany is gaining strength inBengal). But soon due to an armyrevolt Abdali was forced to retreat toAfghanistan. However, the damage toDelhi and the Mughal Empire wasdone.

8. Due to the weakening of the Mughal

Empire many Provincial Governorslike those of Bengal, Awadh,Hyderabad and Carnatic establishedindependent kingdoms by 1740s. Theperiod of the later Mughals wasmarked by the use of the regionalpowers and gradual decline of theMughal suzerainty. Thus, by the endof the eighteenth century the MughalEmperor was confined to a narrowstretch around the city of Delhi.

Ques. 2 : Critically examine in brief thedebates on the eighteen century?

Ans. The eighteenth century has beenconventionally viewed as a period of decline,anarchy, and economic decay or simply put asthe Dark Age. It was held that the decline ofthe Mughal state corresponded with an overalldecline. James Mills like many others, opinedthat the coming of the British rescued Indiafrom this gloomy existence. However, therecent historiography has refuted this pictureof overall gloom and opines that the period wasintact marked by the rise of regional powersand reconfiguration of economic and politicalequations.

The division of 18th century into two periodsof transition by Seema Alavi

1. Gradual decline of the MughalEmpire, especially after the death ofAurangzeb in 1707 and thesubsequent rise of the regionalpolitical order.

2. Consolidation of British colonial powerthrough English East India Company(henceforth EIC)- After Battle ofPlassey 1757 and Battle of Buxar1767- EIC founded in 1600- by a RoyalCharter, outsets the Dutch, theFrench, the Portuguese and other




regional powers by the second half ofthe eighteenth century.

To summarize, the traditional historio-graphy beginning with the decline of theMughal empire viewed its decline against thelight of the religious policies of Aurangz bleading to Hindu reaction as manifested bythe peasant rebellions (Jaudnath Sarkar);Jagirdari and mansabdari crisis (satishchandra), high rate of land revenue demandedby the Mughal state leading to the peasantrebellion, thereby perpetuating the agrariancrisis (IrfanHabib), shortage of Jagirs especiallyafter the conquests of Deccan and thesubsequent failure of incorporating theincreasing number of nobles in the jagirsystem (Athar M Ali), cultural decline of Indiain terms of technology, economic andintellectual spheres and the parallel rise ofEurope in these fields. This lent credence tothe eighteenth century as the Dark Age.Following this line of argument, the rise of theregional powers- The Sikhs, the Marathas, andthe Satnamis, etc was seen in terms of supportextended to them by the oppressed peasantryor within the framework of the functioning ofMughal agrarian system.

The earliest economic historians were ofthe opinion that colonialism led to dislocationof Indian economy.

They trace the economic decline ofIndia beginning with the decline ofthe centralized Mughal Empire, whichled to dispension of political,economic, cultural vitality from thenstrong centers of power. This wasmanifested by the decay of Delhi.

The Sikh uprisings blocked the traderoutes to Lahore thereby affectingtrade.

The Maratha incursions broughtmuch dislocation to Bengal, Bihar and

Orissa. They hastened the destruc-tion of the Gujarat silk manufactures.

Due to the emergence of regionalkingdoms, the customs -barriersincreased, which led to confining ofBengal s inland trade to Oudh andAssam.

In the west, the loss of Persianmarkets due to the invasions, Surat,the leading Mughal port, declined.

In trading and non-agriculturalproduction sectors the companyestablished its monopoly over salt,opium, and saltpeter. Theintroduction of agency and contractsystem in the 1770 s and 1780 ssidelined the middlemen and brokersfrom industries such as textiles. Thediwani of Bengal granted to the EastIndia Company stopped the inflow ofbullion, which created monetaryproblems: WHY? Before the grant ofdiwani rights to the EIC, the Companyused to bring in bullion from Europeto buy products which meant thatIndia was gaining in foreignexchange. But after the grant ofdiwani rights, the Company boughtIndian products from the revenuesthus col lected in India, mainlyBengal, and then exported them toBritain This way the balance of trade-was no longer in favour of India Mostagree that prior to the Company,Bengal was prosperous .

The recent historiography questions thenotion of the overarching centralized Mughalstate. They emphasis the necessity of theMughal state to form and seek support and co-operation of the local magnates and powers forvarious reasons- collection of revenue,




maintenance of law and order, etc, which wouldensure relative stability at the supra level. Thedecline of the Mughal authority at this supra-level did not translate into an overall declinebut merely reconfiguration of political, socialand economic relations and that there weredegrees of continuity. The rise of the regionalpowers in the eighteenth century is seen interms of the increasing attempts of the alreadyexisting local/regional powers to assert theirindependence.

C. A. Bayly opines that the eighteenthcentury witnessed devolution of not onlypolitical but also economic dynamics to thelower levels of sovereignty regional rulers,small potentates and even the little rajas ofthe villages.

Studies based on regional evidences reveal,three typologies of Mughal successor states andthat the economic realignments wereresponsible for dissociation of the regions fromthe imperial control.

1. The provincial governors whoestablished autonomous kingdoms byasserting their independence but didnot completely severe the connectionwith the Mughal authority andobserved it in symbolic forms, likeminting coins in the Emperors name,mentioning his name in the Fridayprayers. Awadh, Bengal Arcot, andHyderabad are prime examples of this.

2. The warrior states that used non-Mughal symbolism and owed theirpopularity to their symbolic traditionand military fiscalism - the Marathas,and the Sikhs.

3. The compact local kingdoms thatacquired sovereignty in theeighteenth century- Rajput pettystates of the north and telegu-speaking clans in the South. Mysore

under Tipu Sultan combined theelements of warrior state and compactkingdom and was in some ways moresuccessful in augmenting resourcesthan the Mughal.

The second half of the eighteenth centurysaw the transition to colonial rule. The debateis between those who believed that the colonialrule changed the society and was a criticalbreak from the Pre-colonial past and economy.On the other hand the recent research hasshown that the colonial rule adopted itself tothe indigenous situation of the eighteenthcentury and marked continuity with theeconomy, society and culture of the pre-colonialdays This view is adopted by the revisionisthistoriography, though not without internaldifferences amongst themselves, haveemphasized the vitality and buoyancy of theregional politics and so forth against the earlierdark age historiography. Tapan Raychaudhuri,Prasannan Parthasarathi, Muzaffar Alam, P.JMarshall, Sanjay Subrabmanyam, Sugata Bose,Ayesha Jalal, C.A. Bayly, and Seema Alavi arethe forerunner of the revisionisthistoriography.

C. A. Bayly identifies three commonfeatures amongst all the-regional states thatwere responsible for regional politicalcrystallization. First, the increasingconnection of the merchant class with theagrarian sector due to revenue farming led tothe emergence of a new class of intermediaries.Thus, a, new class of intermediaries emergedthat invested in jagirs and had mercantileinterests as well second, the process ofgentrification because of which the officialsbenefited by serving the new local powers. Andfinally, the practice of military fiscalismwhereby the army was deployed to ensurerevenue collection. In short, Bayly emphasizesthe rise of the intermediaries, who possessedthe trappings of royal -power drew: on Mughal




military and fiscal institutions and thenemerged as new power centers. Further, heopines that the monetization of agrarianrelations and emergence of the market forcesweakened the exclusive economic, politicaland social dominance of caste. The towns andcities had localized manufacturing centers,domestic and export markets were prevalent.The system of dadni or advanced money helpedto ensure the control of the merchant.

Bayly opines that political decentralizationencouraged the growing economic vitality ofsmall places away from the imperial capitals.The economic decline was, infact, limited inextent and loss of one region was the gain ofanother. The old trading houses along thecoasts suffered due to the emergence of theEuropean trading companies the French, thePortuguese and the English. But it was only in1850 s that Indian merchants truly faceddecline. Throughout the eighteenth centurythe inland and foreign trade by Indianscontinued.

Seema Alavi argues that the Company wassucked into politics by the internal logic of theindigenous systems. Thus, an element of thecontinuity is suggested in the trading and theadministrative institutes of early colonial India.

Bayly, Winke and Subrahmanyam,proponents of the continuity debate trace thebeginnings of nineteenth century agrariancapitalism, in the economies of the pre-colonialperiod. They argue that the regional politicaleconomy and indigenous capital was involvedin internal bulk trade and luxury trade, albeitnew routes. The two also played an importantrole in financing of military and revenuemachineries . In short, merchants andfinanciers were making inroads in the regionalpolitics.

The new regional states made efforts to gainbetter control over the peasants labour of the

artisans and inferior trading groups and wereinvolved in more extensive commercialproduction. This led to partial dissolution ofcommunity-centered production. There wasemergence of portfolio capitalists who straddledthe words of commerce and politicalparticipation . Bayly and Subrahmanyam areof the-opinion that the agrarian capitalism ofthe nineteenth century developed on accountof interaction between these evolvingindigenous capitalist relations and forces of thecolonial capitalism.

There was a degree of dynamism in thesector of foreign trade, the trajectory of whichcan be traced from pre-colonial period. In thelatter half of the seventeenth century theEuropean trading companies linked India withAsian and east African markets andaugmented her exports to West Africa, Europeand the New World. One of the major changesin the early eighteenth century was thedecline of Surat and the rise of Bengal incommerce.

Prasannan Parthasarthi, however,cautions against over-emphasizing the role ofportfolio capitalists, as the increase of thebanking interests does not imply a parallelgrowth of merchant power. Infact, according tohim it was their exclusion from the indigenouspolitical order that may have led the merchantsto co-operate with the East India Company inthe first place.

Tapan Raychaudhuri is of the opinion thatthe rural sector of the Indian economyremained a source of supply rather than amarket for products in the eighteenth century.He traces features of continuity in theorganization of manufacturers. The ruralconsumer was dependent for the bulk of hismanufactured goods- on the local populace,which was mostly continued to be distributedthrough jajmani system, rather than any form




of exchange. The tendency towardsspecialisation of manufacturing was neverreally absent.

David Washbrook argues that the Britishgrafted itself over the networks of theindigenous economy and infrastructure.Traders, merchants and gentry who were strongintermediary group drifted towards the companyas traditional training centers declined. Thecompany started using surplus revenue ofBengal to purchase export goods.

Culturally too lnda did not witness anysignificant decline in the eighteenth century.

Even though the Mughal Empire wasfading in its glory in the eighteenthcentury, India retained its culturalvitality. C. A. Bayly opines that therewas a tendency towards greatercomplexity and richness of religiousand cultural tradition rather thantoward homogeneity. Devotionalcults were patronized by the regionalpowers both Hindu and Muslim, forexample, the Marathas lent supportto the shrine of Sufi saint SheikhMuinuddin Chisti at Ajmer.

Due to the increased mobility manySouthern Brahmins migrated toBenaras and infused a new life to

Hindu philosophy of north India.In the courts of Carnatic, southIndian classical music developed andflourished.Devotional themes were woven inKangra, Bundi and variousRajasthani forms of painting, whichmarked a departure from the Mughalminiature painting.

ConclusionIn the eighteenth century one observes

several strands of development. While on onehand Mughal rule did wane, on the other hand,the century was marked by rise of regionalpower. The East India Company signified thenext successor political order. The economy toounderwent changes. While the traditionalcenters declined there was a correspondingrise of the regional powers that opened newvistas in economy. The host from the point ofmodern Indian history, was the growing politicalinfluence of the East India Company thatgradually became embroiled in the politics ofthe country, especially Bengal. But even then,the Company rule did not mark a completebreak with the pre-colonial time. The Companycould establish it influence only on the basisof collaboration with various indigenous groups,merchants, officials and so on.




1. Arrange the following Later Mughalsemperor according to his tenure.a) Jahadar Shah ® Farrukhsiyar ®

Ahmad Shah ® Muhammad Shahb) Jahadar Shah ® Farrukhsiyar ®

Muhammad Shah ® Ahmad Shahc) Farrukhsiyar ® Ahmad Shah ®

Jahadar Shah ® Muhammad Shahd) Muhammad Shah ® Farrukhsiyar ®

Jahadar Shah ® Ahmad Shah ®2. Consider the following statements.

1) Nadir Shah invaded India in 1739.2) In the third Battle of Panipat Sadasiv

Rao Bhao led Maratha.Which of the above statements is / are true.


3. There are some views given by Historiansabout the decline of Mughal empire.Match the following.Historians Region(1)Jadunath Sarkar a) Agrarian crisis

(2) Irfan Habib b) Peasand rebellion

(3)Athar Ali c) Mansabdari crisis

(4)Satish Chandra d) Jagir system

a) 1 - a 2 - b 3 - c 4 - d

b) 1 - b 2 - c 3 - d 4 - a

c) 1 - b 2 - a 3 - d 4 - c

d) 1 - d 2 - b 3 - c 4 - a

Questions

1. b. Jahadar Shah - 1712-13, Farrukhsiyar- 1713-19, Muhammad Shah - 1719-49,Ahmad Shah - 1748-84


2. a.3. c.




CHAPTER - 2

THE REVOLT OF 1857

IntroductionThe Revolt of 1857 has been hailed as the

watershed or the great divide in the colonialhistory of British India. Battle of Plassey in 1757marked the beginning of the political influenceof the English East India Company, aninfluence which ended in 1858 when the Crownrule was established in British India. A decadeshort of a century later in 1947, India gainedindependence. It is also regarded as an historiclandmark for its suppression was followed bysome fundamental changes in theadministration of India.

The Revolt of 1857 was fundamentallydifferent from earlier rebellions by the soldiers,peasants and tribals of the nineteenth century.Prior to this, the mutinies and rebellions hadremained sporadic or local affairs. However,unlike these, the scale and spread of the Revoltof 1857 was larger; sepoys at many centresmutinied and this was accompanied by civildisturbances. Unexpected as it was, it managedto shake the British. Though by the end of 1857itself the British had started to regain control,the Revolt of 1857 remains a significant event.

What differentiated the Revolt of 1857 fromthe earlier uprisings was that unlike thepreceding mutinies and revolts, which werelimited to a relatively smaller area, within atown or at the most a few districts, the 1857Revolt escalated to an unprecedented degreeand the participation was wider.

Areas affected by the Revolt of 1857- InBengal, it was primarily the Bengal army whichwas recruited from North Western. Provincesand especially Awadh, that rose up in mutiny.The sepoys wore joined by the civilians fromthe North, Central and Western India.

Areas that did not participate in the Revolt-The Punjab, Bengal, most of Central Provinces,the Coasts and the South remained largelyunaffected by it. While the Bombay and theMadras regiments did not participate in therevolt, the Gurkha and the Punjabi soldiersfought on behalf of the English to put down therebels.

Ques. 1 : Briefly discuss the causes of therevolt of 1857?

Ans. The revolt did not happen overnight.From the beginning of the political influence.of the British after the Battle of Plassey in1757, the British faced resistance from varioussections of the society. The miscellaneouspopulace had been harbouring resentmentagainst the British. Due to the nature of theearly historiography of the revolt, which waswritten by officials turned historians, it wasbelieved to be a mere mutiny of the sepoys inBengal and Meerut, which was later joined bythe civil populace. However, an analysis showsthat such a simplistic view is limited in itsscope. It is difficult to highlight a single causefor the outbreak of the revolt. There were




multiple grievances, which were acutely feltby the different sections of the society. Whilenoting the anti-British sentiments in the revoltit is equally essential to take into account thefact that the revolt in later stages was directedagainst the landlords, banias and money-lenders. The landlords in the British periodwere principally the creation of the newrevenue policies introduced under them andhad become vehicles of peasant exploitation.

Social and Religious Causes: From the earlydecades of the nineteenth century, the Britishhad abandoned its policy of non-interferencein the socio-religious life of the Indians.Abolition of Sati in 1829 under Lord Bentinck,the Hindu Widow Remarriage Act of 1856, andwestern education all led to disruption in thesocial world of the people After the Charter of1813, the Christian missionaries were allowedto enter India and carry on with their missionof proselytizing. This, combined with theReligious Disabilities Act of 1856, which soughtto do away with the previous ban on Christianconverts from Hinduism in inheriting property,created a feeling amongst the people of threatto their religion and way of life.

Economic Causes: British rule led tobreakdown of the village self-sufficiency andalso disturbed order of land settlements in India.The British ordered an enquiry into the titledeeds of the landed estates in Bengal and itsadjoining areas, Bombay Provinces and North-Western Provinces Many people who had heldlands before the coming of the British lost theirlands under the reorganisation of the landtitles. Added to this was the commercialisationof agriculture which burdened the peasantry,adoption of free trade imperialism from 1800,de-industrilization and drain of wealth all ofwhich led to overall decline of the economy.

Military Grievances: The sepoys of theBengal army were recruited mainly from theNorth-West Provinces, and Awadh. It had a high

proportion of high caste men, Bhumihar,Brahmins and Rajputs of the Ganges Valley.Given the social status of the sepoys, in theearly years of the Company rule, the Britishtolerated and even encouraged the casteprivileges and customs within the BengalArmy. But by 1820s, these customs -andprivileges were threatened by the modernizingforces that sought to introduce a stricteruniversalised military culture. In accordancewith the changes, the sepoys were prohibitedto observe some customary practices, likewearing a saffron mark on their forehead,growing beard and wearing turbans. The sepoyswho had become accustomed to very high ritualstatus were extremely sensitive to suggestionsthat threatened their caste rules.

Serving abroad was also against the caste-rules of the sepoys and this clashed with theneed to defend the growing British Empireoutside India. The mutiny in Afghanistanduring 1839-42 was met with reprisals and ledthe Company to widen the recruitment base ofthe Bengal army to include other castes andregional groups. The sepoys had refused toserve in Burma and it led to the passing of theGeneral Services Enlistment Act by LordCannings Government in 1856. It compelledthe sepoys to serve abroad, if the need arose.

In 1856, in accordance with the new rules,the soldiers no longer received extra allowancebhatta for service outside their own regionsbecause they were no longer considered to beforeign missions. This affected the extra payof the sepoys. But the English soldiers in theIndian army continued to receive thisallowance. Thus, the denial of this allowanceamounted to gross discrimination against thesepoys.

Also, the Indian sepoys were discriminatedagainst in terms of promotion and salary. Whilethe sepoys outnumbered the European soldiers,




the former were not promoted to higher postsin the army.

Political Causes: -Annexation of Awadh in1856 was a blow to the prestige of the rulingclasses, the local population and the sepoys.Apart from Delhi, Awadh was the second mostimportant centre of the revolt. Multiple causeswere present here in their true form. Aboutthree-fourth of the Company s sepoys wererecruited from Awadh and most of them weresimply peasants in uniform. Thus, any changein the agrarian set-up and in the cultural fabricwould also be acutely felt by them; Annexationof Awadh in 1856 on the pretextmaladministration became an importantcause for many of those who participated. Theannexation led to disbanding of the Nawab sarmy and also affected the entire aristocracy,which in turn severely affected the economyof the region. In Awadh, many taulkdars wholost their property as a result of the SummarySettlement in 1856 supported the rebels. Therevolt was perhaps of the highest intensity inAwadh.

Initially, when the British were expandingtheir hold over India and consolidating theirrule, they were careful in showing duedeference to Indian Princes and theirprivileges. But as their confidence grew, therewas an attempt by the British to take away thenominal authority of the native. Princes andtheir pensions were greatly reduced. Thiscreated unease among the various regionalkingdoms. The earlier treaties made with theIndian Princes came to be increasinglydisregarded. Policies of AggressiveAnnexation , and the Doctrine of Lapse wereaggressively followed under Lord Dalhousie andcame to be widely resented. By following theDoctrine of Lapse, the adopted sons of thedeceased kings were derecognisied as heirs tothe throne, which subsequently led to theannexation a large number of kingdoms. Satara

(1848), Nagpur, Sambalpur and Baghat (1850),Udaipur (1852), and Jhansi (1853) to name afew, were annexed by the British.

However, each of these states was broughtunder the British rule for their strategic value,administrative and military. Annexation ofJhansi was important in order to furtherimprove the Company s internal adminis-tration in Bundelkhand. Satara wasgeographically placed between two principalmilitary stations in the Bombay Presidency,and lay along the main lines of communicationbetween Bombay and Madras. Nagpur wasplaced right across the main lines of

communication between Bombay andCalcutta. Aside from administrativeexpediency, Lord Dalhousie had a firm beliefthat if placed under the direct administrationof the Company s Government, people wouldenjoy greater prosperity and happiness. Inretrospect due to this policy, the disgruntledand deposed Princes or guardians of some, ofthese annexed states became leaders of therevolt in their regions.

Annexation of the Princely or Native States,which were previously left largely undisturbed,added to the growing apprehension amongst thePrinces regarding the future of theirsovereignty The forfeiture or reduction of theprincely pensions also affected them and theirdependants.

Agrarian Causes: The SummarySettlement of 1856, which was first introducedin the North Western Provinces, was extendedto Awadh Since its main aim was to bypass themiddlemen in the collection of revenues andto win the confidence of the agriculturalpopulace, the settlement was made-with theactual occupiers of the land and it disregardedall other proprietary rights. Due to this, thetalukdars, who functioned almostindependently under the Nawab and extracted




exorbitant revenues, lost about half of theirestates and the connected regalia. In most ofthe regions there was an increase in the powerand hold of the money-lenders and in thenumber of absentee landlords.

The condition, of the peasants, however,only got worse. Heavy over assessment of landrevenue impoverished them. While talukdarsused to appropriate the surplus produced by thepeasant, the extractive powers were limited andconstrained by the relations of mutualinterdependence between the Nawab,talukdars, the peasants, and the traditionalworldview of social norms at, ob1igations, TheBritish conquest assaulted this traditionalworld view, and removal of the king had anemotional impact on the people of Awadh afterits annexation in 1856.

One of the most important changes that tookplace in the early years of the British rule wasthe introduction of the institution of privateproperty rights in land. With this change, landbecame a commodity, which could be bought,sold, rented or leased. If the landholderdefaulted on his due, he faced a real possibilityof forfeiting his land. In point of fact, many ofthe new landed elites emerged after buying thelands of the older landed classes who had eitherdefaulted on their dues or could not producethe title deeds.

Administrative Causes: The annexation ofthe Indian states did not only lead to dislocationof the ruling elites and the local populace, butthe British also actively followed the policy ofdiscrimination against the Indians. All highposts in the Company s government werereserved for the Europeans.

The administrative machinery of the EastIndia Company was inefficient and inadequate.Their revenue policies were widely resented.Many districts in the newly annexed stateswere in the state of perpetual revolt. Significant

numbers of talukdars / hereditary landlordswere deprived of their position and resources.There was a large scale confiscation andauctioning of the estates. The new revenuepolicies created a vicious circle of problems forall concerned. The old aristocracy and landlordslost their power and lands; the new landlordsthus created, extracted mercilessly from thepeasants but the demand being unreasonablyhigh, often led to the landlords, losing their land;and the peasants had to face perpetual hardshipat the hands of the Company s policies alongwith the demands of the landlords andultimately fell under the debt-trap of the money-lenders in an effort to meet the various fiscaldemands.

Main Events of the Revolt of 1857On March 29, 1857 at Barrackpore (now

Barrackpur) near Calcutta, Mangal Pandey, aBhumihar Brahman sepoy of Ballia district ofmodern UP, attacked and injured his Britishsergeant on the parade ground and woundedan Adjutant with a sword after failing to shootat him. The officer in charge, General Hearsay,ordered a Jamadaar of the troops, IshwariaPandey, to arrest Mangal Pandey, which herefused to do as did the whole regiment. Pandeywas executed. As a collective punishment forhis act and in an attempt to circumvent apossible revolt, the entire regiment wassubsequently disbanded.

On May 11, 1857 a band of discontentedsepoys from Meerut marched to Red Fort, Delhiand appealed to an aging Mughal EmperorBhahdur Shah II, who had been reduced to thestatus of a pensioner of the British, to becomethe leader of their Revolt and hailed him asthe Emperor of Hindustan. This marked thebeginning of the widespread uprising by thesepoys. On June 4, the sepoys of 2nd Calvaryand the 1st Native Infantry rose up in mutinyin Kanpur, killing many British men, womenand children.




The Cawnpore (now Kanpur in U.P.)Massacre is the most infamous event in therevolt s history. The rebels under Nana Sahibattacked the British in Kanpur on June 6, 1857.The British suffered heavy losses. The British,who were besieged in Kanpur, were promiseda safe passage by Nana Sahib to Allahbad onJune 27, 1857. However, under somecircumstances, the details of which are stilldebated, the captives were attacked in theirboats while on the river. The remaining wereheld at Bibigarh. The rebels on hearing thenews of the British rescue troops approachingfrom Allahabad, hacked all the captives, whichincluded 120 women and some children, todeath and threw them in a well in thecompound. As the details of the massacrespread, the counter-atrocities by the Britishincreased and the rebels lost many pro-Indianrebel supporters amongst the non-Indianpopulace.

Prominent Leaders of the RevoltBahadur Shah II, Nana Sahib, Begum

Hazrat Mahal, Rani Lakshmibai of Jhansi,Khan Bahadur Khan of Rohilkhand, KunwarSingh of Arrah, Maulvi Ahmad-ullah ofFaizabad, Tantia Tope and Prince Firoz Shahof the Mughal royal family and raised thebanner of the revolt in Mandasor (M.P.)

Ques. 2 : Give a brief description of thesuppresion of the revolt of 1857?

Ans. Towards the middle of 1857, theEnglish started regaining the lost control.Under the Governor-General Lord Canning,who gained the sobriquet of ClemencyCanning on account of his voice of reasonagainst the demands for brutal retributions bythe pro-British public on the rebels, troops fromCalcutta, the Punjab and Madras weregalvanised. By July of 1858, the Revolt wasdeclared to be officially over. On July 16 1857,

Bithur and Kanpur were wrestled away fromNana Sahib, who, it is claimed, escaped toNepal. Tantia Tope, his Prime Minister, threwhis forces behind Rani Lakshmibai.

Sir Archdale Wilson, Nicholson and Sir JohnLawrence were the military officers who freedDelhi from the rebels. The Kashmiri Gate inDelhi was blown up in September; the city andthe Red Fort were captured after desperatefighting. The city was sacked by the Britishsoldiers and the people were massacredmercilessly.

Delhi was captured on September 20, 1857,with Bahadur Shah II surrendering. He wasfound guilty by trial and exiled with hisfavourite Queen Begum Zinnat Mahal and hersons in Rangoon. He died on November 7, 1862.Three of his younger sons were shot deadpublicly on September 2, 1857 at KhooniDarwaza, Delhi. In retribution, the Britishforces almost depopulated Delhi. The siege ofDelhi lasted from July 1, 1857 to September21, 1857.

In Awadh, Lucknow was captured in March1858, with Begum Hazrat Mahal escaping toNepal and Maulvi Ahmadullah killed in anencounter in June 1858. The struggle wascarried forward by the distressed talukdars tilllate 1858.

Rani Lakshmibai of Jhansi is perhaps themost famous personality of the Revolt of 1857.Apart from her bravery in combating the Britishforces, she is famous for her capture of theGwalior Fort in May-June, 1858. By capturingGwalior, she had hoped to break the lines ofcommunication between the British in NorthIndia and the Bombay Presidency, Province,while simultaneously garnering the support ofthe Marathas against the British. Alarmed,British army was dispatched underCommander Sir Hugh Rose to capture Gw lior.Rani met her death on June 17, 1858, duringthe battle for Gwalior.




The renowned Maratha leader and a closeaccomplice of Nana Sahib, Tantia Topemanaged to escape to the jungles of Central.India where he continued to fight the Britishforces in guerrilla warfare only to be betrayedby a zamindar friend. He was captured whilesleeping and sentenced to death on April 15,1859. By the end of 1859,all leaders of the revoltwere dead with two of them, Begum HazratMahal and Nana Sahib escaping to Nepal.

The revolt was ruthlessly crushed by theBritish. The British adopted the policy of noprisoners , which meant that the rebels wereexecuted in massi. Large number of rebels weresimply tied to the mouth of the canons andblown to bits. Sometimes the entire pro-rebelvillages were wiped out. This British retaliationis called the Devil s Wind and reflects thehostile mood of the time.

Ques. 3 : Briefly discuss the reasons of thefailure of the revolt of 1857?

Ans.

(i) The revolt of 1857 failed because itsuffered from weak leadership and washardly organized. This proved a majorhandicap when dealing with the welltrained and equipped British troops.

(ii) The revolt failed to extend to all partsof the country, and large sections ofthe population did not support it. Andsome sections infact threw theirsupport behind the British. Some ofthe loyalists were the Nizam ofHyderabad, Sikander Begum ofBhopal, Sir Jang Bahadur (Ministerof Nepal) and Maharaja Sindhia ofGwalior. There was absence of supportfrom the intelligentsia.

(iii) The different groups of rebels foughtfor different reasons and served their

respective leaders. Each soughtrestoration of the order of theirleaders. By hailing Bahadur Shah asthe Emperor of Hindustan, the rebelssought to revert back to the medievalpolitical order rather than replace itwith an alternate political authority.Nana Sahib and Tantia Tope soughtto revive the Maratha power whileRani Lakshmibai, her own controlover the lost territories.

Ques. 4 : Briefly discuss the changesintroduced by the British after the revolt?

Ans. British control was re-established butsome major changes in the administrativepolicies and set-up were introduced

(1) After the revolt, the English East IndiaCompany s rule came to an end by theAct of 1858 and the Proclamation ofQueen Victoria. The administrationof India was taken over directly by theBritish Crown.

(2) The Governor-General of India wasgiven an additional title, the Viceroyand was a representative of theCrown By a special Act both, the Boardof Directors and the Board of Controlwere abolished. In their place theoffice of the Secretary of State forIndia was created. He was assisted byan Indian Council of 15 members.

(3) The Indian Army was thoroughlyreorganized. It had a higher proportionof Europeans in it and they were to beresponsible for manning the artilleryand the field.

(4) The importance of having NativeStates as allies was realised duringthe revolt. Had more Native Statesallied with the rebels then the British




suzerainty would have faced a realthreat. Henceforth, concrete effortswere made to woo the Native Princesas allies. The policy of ruthlessconquest in India was given up. TheBritish realised the mistake ofantagonising the rulers of the Indianstates. Under the Proclamation, alsoknown as the Magna Carta of theIndian people, which was read out byeLord Canning at a Durbar held atAllahabad on November 1, 1858, theearlier treaties of the English EastIndia Company with the Princes wereaffirmed. The Queen s Proclamationthus sought to pay due regard to theancient traditions and customs ofIndia. Indian Princes were given theright to adopt. It marked an end to thepolicy of annexation and establish-ment of almost feudal like relationsbetween the Crown and the nativeprinces.

(5) The Proclamation declared that allIndians would be eligible to enter theadministrative services on the basisof their education and ability,irrespective of race and creed.Administrative changes were madein the executive, legislative andjudicial arenas with greaterparticipation of Indians. This changewas visible in the Indian Councils Act,of 1861, the Indian High Court Act of1861 and the Indian Civil Services Actof 1861. The beginnings of electiverepresentation of Indians in politics,which created competition amongstthe various communities, can betraced back to the post-revolt period.

(6) Unconditional pardon was granted tothe rebels except those who had beenresponsible for the murder of theBritish during the revolt.

(7) The post-revolt period saw the Britishactively pursuing the policy of divideand rule towards the generalpopulace. Two opposite policies,, wereat work., While on one hand, India wasbeing brought under unified systemof administration and governance, onthe other hand, for political necessity,India s diversity was beinghighlighted in order to depict theclaims and needs of different sectionsas divergent. As late as 1942 SirStafford Cripps claimed in the greatsubcontinent of India there is morethan one people. This claim ofdiversity- was later countered by theefforts of the nationalists to affirm theuniformity of Indians, which in turnoften led to papering over of thedivergent demands of the differentcommunities, regions and sections.

(8) The British believed that the Revoltof 1857 was instigated primarily bythe Muslims when the sepoys hailedthe Mughal Emperor, Bahadur ShahII as the Emperor of Hindustan.Moreover, the English were the directsuccessors of the Mughal rule, whichlent credence to the belief of theMuslim instigated revolt.Consequently, the British adoptedconservative attitude towards theMuslims for almost a decade after therevolt. It was only under the Governor-Generalship of Lord Mayo and with thepublication of Sir William Hunter sbook. The Indian Musalmans , in1871 which addressed the grievanceof the Muslims of Bengal and theirbackward status in comparison to theHindus, that the British Governmentundertook some measures toalleviate the conditions of the




Muslims. The book presented the lossof Muslims as the gain of the Hindus.Later this work and belief led to thegrowth of Muslim separatism andwidened the fault lines between thetwo communities.

(9) In the aftermath of the Revolt, Indiawas made to bear the entire financialburden of the outbreak andsuppression of the revolt. The publicdebt of India increased approximatelyby 98 million sterling, which inturnadded to the annual interest chargesby 2 million sterlings.

Ques. 5 : Briefly discuss the nature of therevolt of 1857?

Ans. The main strands of debates on thenature of the Revolt of 1857 can be understoodby four main questions.

Was it merely a mutiny of sepoys ora civil rebellion ?A revolt or the first war of IndianIndependence ?Was it popular or elitist incharacter?An important feature observed in thiswas the Hindu-Muslim unity whichadds another dimension to thedebate- if it was a secular revolt thatcut across religious affiliations or areligiously inspired jihad ?

(1) Mutiny or Civil Rebellion

The earliest people to write about the Revoltof 1857 were members of the ruling colonialelite / officials turned historians and theybelieved that it was a sepoy mutiny. In theiropinion once law and order broke down, thecivil unrest gained in strength.

Sir JohnLawrence; G. B. Malleson and R.C.

Majumdar, Disraeli and Sir John Kaye - theybelieved that the revolt was due to theincreasing defence of the British Governmentand missionaries alike in the socio-culturalfabric of the Indian which led Indians to feelthreatened.

Talzim Khaldun- the Revolt of 1857 was acivil rebellion. He cites the support given bythe villagers to the rebels and how they providedrations and hourly intelligence. He also pointsto prolonged continuation of resistance to theBritish well after the latter s re-occupation inregions like Chakradharpur and Sambalpurbordering Bengal.

(2) First war for India s Independence

V. D. Savarkar and S. B. ChaudhuriSavarkar was the first one to claim that therevolt was War of Independence . It is importantto remember that in 1907 when Savarkar madesuch a claim, it was aimed at mobilizing peoplein the emerging freedom movement!

BUT WAS IT REALTY THE WAR OFINDEPENDENCE?

Each leader had his/her own reasons tofight the British- Nana Sahib, Rani Lakshmibaiand Hazrat Mahal were deposed rulers; KunwarSingh was a disgruntled zamindar.

Leaders and rebels owned loyalty to theirrespective regions and leaders. The idea of pan-India was as of then absent. They were patrioticrather than nationalistic. Moreover, not all thepeople in British India participated in the revolt.

(3) Was it popular or elitist incharacter?

Marx believed it to be popular and identifiedthe peasantry as the revolutionary force.

Talmiz Khaldun s opines that the 1857Revolt was developing into a peasant [and,




therefore anti-feudal] war against indigenouslandlordism, and foreign-imperialism

P.C. Joshi Identifies the elitist nature ofthe leadership. The peasants fought againstthe new type of landlords who were created bythe policies of the British and not against thetraditional landlords.

(4) Was it secular or religious?

British officials serving in the North WestProvinces were convinced of the Islamiccharacter of the revolt. Alfred Lyall, who servedin the Bulandshahr district, wrote, the wholeinsurrection is a great Mohomedan Conspiracyand the sepoys are merely the tools of theMussulmans. It was felt that the old Muslimelite had Conspired to arouse political rebellionamong the masses. However, it must beremembered Muslims alone had not arisen inrebellion. The causes of the revolt clearly showthat Hindu-Muslims alike had grievancesagainst the British. Both hailed Bhahdur ShahII as the Emperor of Hindustan because hesymbolized the Mughal authority and a politicalorder that the British had recently displaced.

One of the recent developments in therecords of the Revolt of 1857 has been thedebunking of the infamous theory of thegreased cartridges. It was previously held thatthe newly introduced Enfield cartridges, whichhad to be bitten off before loading them, weregreased with the fats of pig and cow. This wasagainst the religious sentiments of theMuslims and the Hindus. Introduction of suchcartridges added to the trepidations of the peoplethat the colonial government had as its secretagenda, conversion of Indians to Christianity.However, careful study has uncovered that the

greased cartridges were given as an excuse tocover the real reasons, which were political,economic and social in nature. The withdrawalof the bhatta was no less an important causeof the revolt. Moreover, by forwarding a causelike greased cartridges, in a manner ofspeaking, re-iterated the long held notionsabout the inferior intellect and senselessreligiosity, of the Indians; and it served as aconvenient explanation for the outbreak of therevolt.

Ques. 6 : Briefly discuss the significance ofthe revolt of 1857?

Ans. The significance of the Revolt of 1857lies in the fact that it voiced, though violently,the grievances of various classes of people. TheBritish were made to realise that all was not,under control in British India. The Revolt waswritten about and discussed not only within theconfines of India but also in England, Franceand Germany. It is also interesting to note thatamongst the Indian intelligentsia, which wasthen focused in Bengal and did not support therebels, the revolt brought out the dilemmaregarding their place and allegiance towardstheir native land.

One cannot identify just a singular causefor the outbreak of the revolt. To quote C.A.Bayly the Indian Rebellion of 1857 was not onemovement, be it a peasant revolt or a war anational liberation; it was many. Thelineaments of revolt differed vastly from districtto district, even village to village, and weredetermined by a complex counterpointreflecting ecology, tenurial forms, and thevariable impact of the colonial state.




1. 1) Annexation of Awadh2) Role of Christian Missionaries3) Military Grievances4) Administrative CauseWhich of the above causes are the reasonfor revolt of 1857.

a) All of the above b) 1 & 2c) 2 & 3 d) 2, 3 & 4

2. Consider the following statements.1) Lord Canning was the Governor -

General during Revolt of 1857.2) The British adopted the policy of no

prisioners in revolt of 1857.3) Maulvi Ahmad-ullah was the leader of

Lucknow during 1857 revolt.a) All of the above b) 1 & 2 onlyc) 2 & 3 only d) 1 & 3

3. Consider the following statements aboutchanges of port 1857 revolt.1) English East India Company rule came

to end by the Act of 1858.2) The Board of Directors & the Board of

Control were abolished.

3) Lord Canning held a Darbar at NewDelhi.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) All of the above b) 1 & 3c) 1 & 2 d) 2 & 3

4. Consider the following statements.1) Book the Indian Musalmans written by

Sir Benjamin Dissaeli.2) Indian Councils Act passed in 1861.Which of the above statements is / are true.

a) Both 1 & 2 b) 1 onlyc) Neither 1 nor 2 d) 2 only

5. The whole insurrection is a greatMohanedan conspiracy & the sepoys aremerely the tools of the Musalmans.Who had given this statement (in thecontext of 1857).

a) Alfred Lyallb) G.B. Mallesonc) Disraelid) All of the above

Questions

1. a.2. b. Maulvi Ahmad-ullah was the leader of

Faizabad.3. c. Lord Canning held Darbar at Allahabad.


4. d. Written by William Hunter.5. a.


SAMPLE MATERIAL OF

OUR STUDY KIT

PAPER I

INDIAN ECONOMY



Ques. 1 : What are the definitions ofeconomics?

Ans. Economics as a word comes from theGreek: oikos means family, household, orestate , and nomos stands for custom, law etc.Thus, household management or manage-ment of scarce resources is the essentialmeaning of economics. Economics encom-passes production, distribution, trade andconsumption of goods and services. Economiclogic is applied to any problem that involveschoice under scarcity.

Ques. 2 : Evolution of the subject.Ans. Initially, economics focused on

wealth and later welfare . Still later, inrecent years, it has given sufficient attentionto the study of trade offs- giving up one to gainanother. The focus on tradeoffs arises from thetraditional assumption that resources arescarce and that it is necessary to choosebetween competing alternatives. Choosing onebenefit implies forgoing another alternativethe opportunity cost (cost of foregoing anOpportunity).

Ques. 3 : Who is known as the father ofEconomics?

Ans. Adam Smith, generally regarded asthe Father of Economics, author of An Inquiryinto the Nature and Causes of the Wealth ofNations (generally known as The Wealth ofNations) defines economics as The science ofwealth. Smith offered another definition, The

ECONOMICS : AN INTRODUCTION

Science relating to the laws of production,distribution and exchange.

Definitions in terms of wealth emphasizeproduction and consumption, and do not dealwith the economic activities of those notsignificantly involved in these two processes,for example, children and old people. The beliefis that non-productive activity is a cost onsociety. It meant that man was relegated tothe secondary position and wealth was placedabove life.

Thus arose the shift in the focus to welfareeconomics study of man and of human welfare,not of money alone. Economics involves socialaction connected with the attainment ofhuman well being.

Ques. 4 : Discuss the different branches ofeconomics.

Ans. Economics is usually divided into twomain branches:

Microeconomics which examines theeconomic behavior of individual actors such asconsumers, businesses households etc tounderstand how decisions are made in the faceof scarcity and what effects they have.

Macroeconomics, which studies theeconomy as a whole and its features likenational income, employment ,poverty, balanceof payments and inflation.

The two are linked closely as the behavoiror a firm or consumer or household dependsupon the state of the national and globaleconomy.




Ques. 5 : What is Mesoeconomics?Mesoeconomics studies the intermediate

level of economic organization in between themicro and the macro economics likeinstitutional arrangements etc.

DIVISION OF FOCUSECONOMICSMicroeconomics Production/output in

individual industriesand businesses andconsumer andbehaviourHow much steelHow much office spaceHow many carsConsumer behaviour

Macroeconomics National production/outputGross domestic productEmploymentPovertyInflationBOP

There are broadly the following approachesin the mainstream economics. The basis of allthe streams is the same: resources are scarcewhile wants are unlimited (often mentionedas the economic problem).

Ques. 6 : What is Keynesian theory ofmacro economics?

Ans.Keynesian macroeconomics based onthe theories of twentieth-centuryBritish economist John MaynardKeynes. It says that the state canstimulate economic growth and restorestability in the economy throughexpansionary policies. For examplethrough massive programme of

spending on infrastructure when thedemand is low and growth is negative.In the recessionary phase that theeconomies of the western world inparticular and rest of the world ingeneral, went through (some are stillundergoing the recession) due to 2008financial crisis, the relevance ofKeynes is growing.The intervention by State is only whenthe economic cycle turns down andgrowth slows down or is negative. Innormal times, it is the market thedrives growth through the force ofsupply and demand.Indian government stepped upexpenditure with three fiscal stimuliin since December 2008 to revivegrowth. With growth spurting, thegradual and calibrated exit from thestimulus was begun in the 2010-11Union Budget.The theories of Keynesian economicswere first presented in The GeneralTheory of Employment, Interest andMoney (1936).

Ques. 7 : Define Neoliberalism.Ans.

Neoliberalism refers to advocacy ofpolicies such as individual liberty, freemarkets, and free trade. Neoliberalismproposes that human well being can

best be advanced by liberatingindividual entrepreneurial freedomsand skills within an institutionalframework characterized by strongprivate property rights, free marketsand free trade .

Ques. 8 : What is socialist theory ofeconomics?

Ans.In distinction to the above, there is the




school of socialist economics based onpublic (State) ownership of means ofproduction to achieve greater equalityand give the workers greater control ofthe means of production. It establishesfully centrally planned economy whichis also called command economy -economy is at the command of theState. Private ownership of assets isnot allowed. For example, erstwhileUSSR, Cuba etc.

Ques. 9 : What is development economics?Ans.

Development economics is a branch ofeconomics which deals with economicaspects of the development process,mainly in low-income countries. Itsfocus is not only promoting economicgrowth and structural change but alsoimproving the well being of thepopulation as a whole through healthand education and workplaceConditions, whether through public orprivate channels. The most prominentcontemporary development economistsare Nobel laureates Amartya Sen andJoseph Stiglitz.

Ques. 10 : What is structural change? Givean example.

Ans. Structural change of an economyrefers to a long-term widespread change of afundamental structure, rather than microscaleor short-term change. For example asubsistence economy is transformed into amanufacturing economy, or a regulated mixedeconomy is liberalized. An nsulated andprotectionist economy becomes open andglobalized. A current structural change in theworld economy is globalization.

Ques. 11 : Define green economics.

Ans.Green economics focuses on andsupports the harmonious interactionbetween humans and nature andattempts to reconcile the two.

Ques. 12 : What is Economic Growth? andhow can we measure it, Discuss about itsvarious methods.

Ans. Economic growth is the change-increase or decrease, in the value of goods andservices produced by an economy. If it ispositive, it means an increase in the outputand the income of a country. It is generallyshown as the increase in percentage terms ofreal gross domestic product (GDP adjusted toinflation) or real GDP.Measuring Growth

Measures of national income and outputare used in economics to estimate the valueof goods and services produced in an economy.They use a system of national accounts ornational accounting. Some of the commonmeasures are Gross National Product (GNP) andGross Domestic Product (GDP).National income accounting

National income accounting refers to a setof rules and techniques that are used tomeasure the national income of a country.

GDP is defined as the total market value ofall final goods and services produced within thecountry in a given period of time- usually acalendar year or financial year.

GDP can be real or nominal. Nominal GDPrefers to the current year production of finalgoods and services valued at current yearprices. Real GDP refers to the current yearproduction of goods and service valued al baseyear prices. Base year prices are Constantprices.

In estimating GDP, only final marketable




goods and services are considered. Only theirvalues are added up and they pertain to a givenperiod. When it is compared to the base yearfigure, the growth levels are Seen.

To explain further, gains from resale areexcluded but the services provided by theagents are counted. Similarly, transferpayments (pensions, scholarships etc) areexcluded as there is income received but nogood or service produced in return. However,not all goods and services from productiveactivities enter into market transactions.Hence, imputations are made for these non-marketed but productive activities: for example,imputed rental for owner-occupied housing.Market Price and Factor Cost

Market price refers to the actual transactedprice and it includes indirect taxes- customduty, excise duty, sales tax, service tax etc.

Factor cost refers to the actual cost of theVarious factors of production includesgovernment grants and subsidies but itexcludes indirect taxes.

Relationship between market price andfactor cost.

GNP at factor cost = GNP at market price- indirect taxes + subsidiesGDP at factor cost = GDP at market price- indirect taxes + subsidies

Factor costsFactor costs are the actual production costs

at which goods and services are produced bythe firms and industries in an economy. Theyare really the costs of all the factors ofproduction such as land, labour, capital, energy,raw materials like steel etc that are used toproduce & given quantity of output in aneconomy. They are also called factor gate costs(farm gate, firm gate and factory gate) since allthe costs that are incurred to produce a givenquantity of goods and services take place behind

the factory gate i.e. within the walls of the firms,plants etc in an economy.

Transfer PaymentsTransfer payment refers to payments made

by government to individuals for which thereno economic activity is produced in return bythese individuals. Examples of transfer arescholarship, pension.

Ques. How can we estimate GDP/GNP?Ans.Three approaches

There are three diffe rent ways ofcalculating GDP. The expenditure approachadds consumption, investment, governmentexpenditure and net exports (exports minusimports).

On the other hand, the income approachadds what factors earn: wages, profits, rentsetc.

Output approach adds the market value offinal goods and services .

The three methods must yield the sameresults because the total expenditures on goodsand services (ONE) must by definition be equalto the value of the goods and services produced(GNP) which must be equal to the total incomepaid to the factors that produced these goodsand services.

In reality, there will be minor differencesin the results obtained from the variousmethods due to changes in inventory levels.This is because goods in inventory have beenproduced (and therefore included in GDP), butnot yet sold. Similar timing issues can alsocause a slight discrepancy between the valueof goods produced (GDP) and the payments tothe factors that produced the goods, particularlyif inputs are purchased on credit.




Ques. 14 : Define final goods.Ans. Final goods are goods that are

ultimately consumed rather than used in theproduction of another good. For example, a carsold to a Consumer is a final good; thecomponents such as tyres sold to the carmanufacturer are not; they are intermediategoods used to make the final goods. The sametyres, if sold to a consumer, would be a finalgoods. Only final goods are included whenmeasuring national income. If intermediategoods were included too, this would lead todouble counting; for example, the value of tyreswould be counted once when they are sold tothe car manufacturer, and again when the caris sold to the consumer.

Only newly produced goods are counted.Transactions in existing goods, such as second-hand cars, are not included, as these do notinvolve the production of new goods.

Ques. 15 : What is GDP?Ans. GDP considers only marketed goods.

If a cleaner is hired, their pay is included inGDP. If one does the work himself, it does notadd to the GDP. Thus much of the work done bywomen at home- taking care of the children,aged; chores etc which is called care economyis outside the GDP.

Gross means depreciation (wear and tearof machinery in their use) of capital stock isnot subtracted. If depreciation is subtracted, itbecomes net domestic product.

Calculating the real GDP growth -inflationadjusted GDP growth- allows us to determine ifproduction increased or decreased, regardlessof changes in the - inflation and purchasingpower of the currency.

Ques. 16 : Is GDP & GNP are related orthey are different from each other?

Ans. The two are related. The difference

is that GNP includes net foreign income. GNPadds net foreign investment income comparedto GDP. GDP shows how much is producedwithin the boundaries of the country by boththe citizens and the foreigners. It is the marketvalue of all the output produced in the territoryof a nation in one year. GDP focuses on wherethe output is produced rather than whoproduced it. GDP measures all domesticproduction, disregarding the producing entitiesnationalities.

In contrast, GNP is a measure of the valueof the output produced by the nationals of acountry- both with in the geographicalboundaries and outside. That is, all the outputthat the Indian citizens produce in a given year- both within India and all other countries.

For example, there are Indian and foreignfirms operating in India. Together what theyproduce within the Indian geography is the GDPof India. The profits of foreign firms earnedwithin India are included in India s GDP, butnot in India s GNP.

In other words, income is counted as partof GNP according to who owns the factors ofproduction rather than where the productiontakes place. For example, in the case of aGerman-owned car factory operating in the US,the profits from the factory would be countedas part of German GNP rather than US GNPbecause the capital used in production (thefactory, machinery, etc.) is German owned. Thewages of the American workers would be partof US GDP, while the wages of any Germanworkers on the site would be part of GermanGNP.

GDP is essentially about where productiontakes place. GNP is about who produces. If it isan open economy with great levels of foreigninvestment (FD1) and lesser levels of outboundFDI, its GDP is likely to be larger than GNP.

If it is an open economy but more of itsnationals tend to move economic activity




abroad or earn more from investing abroadcompared with non-nationals doing businessand earning incomes within its borders, its GNPwill be larger than GDP.

If it is a closed economy where nobodyleaves its shores, nobody invests abroad, nobodycomes in and nobody invests in the country,its GDP will be equal to GNP

Japan used to belong in the last category.Until the mid-1990s, the difference betweenJapans GDP and GNP amounted to less thanone percentage point of GDP. With only limitednumbers of people doing business abroad, theGDP and GNP were essentially the same thing.

Ques. 17 : Define Net National Product.Ans. In the production process a country

uses machines and equipment. When there isdepreciation, we have to repair or replace themachinery. The expenses incurred for this arecalled the depreciation expenditure. NetNational Product is calculated by deductingdepreciation expense from gross nationalproduct.

NNP = GNP - DepreciationNational Income is calculated by deducting

indirect taxes from Net National Product andadding subsidies. National Income (NI) is theNNP at factor cost.

NI = NNP - Indirect Taxes + SubsidiesQues. 18 : What is Per Capita Income?

Ans. Per Capita Income is per capita GDP:GDP divided by mid year population of thecorresponding year.

The growth of GDP at constant price showsan annual real growth.

The real GDP per capita of an economy isoften used as an indicator of the averagestandard of living of individuals in that country,and economic growth is therefore often seen

as indicating an increase in the averagestandard of living.

Ques. 19 : Why we need to measureeconomic growth?

Ans. The following aims can be attributedto the study of economic growth.

when growth is quantified , we canunderstand whether it is adequate or not forthe given goals of the economy.

we can understand its potential andaccordingly set targets.we can adjust growth rates for theirsustainability.we can prevent inflation or deflation tosome extent if we see the performanceof the economy in quantitative terms.we can balance the contributions of thethree sectors of the economy and steerthe direction of growth towards nationalgoals- away from agriculture tomanufacturing as in the case of Indiain recent years.target appropriate levels of employmentcreation and poverty alleviation.forecast tax revenues for governmentalobjectives.corporates can plan their businessinvestments.

Ques. 20 : Discuss the problems forcalculating National Income.

Ans. The measurement of nationalincome encounters many problems. Theproblem of double-counting. Though there aresome corrective measures, it is difficult toeliminate double-counting altogether. Andthere are many such problems and thefollowing are some of them.(i) Black Money

Illegal activities like smuggling and




unreported incomes due to tax evasion andcorruption are outside the GDP estimates.Thus, parallel economy poses a serious hurdleto accurate GDP estimates. GDP does not takeinto account the parallel economy as thetransactions of black money are not registered.(ii) Non-Monetization

In most of the rural economy, considerableportion of transactions Occurs informally andthey are called as non-monetized economy- thebarter economy. The presence of such non-monetary economy in developing countrieskeeps the GDP estimates at lower level thanthe actual.

(iii) Growing Service SectorIn recent years, the service sector is

growing faster than that of the agricultural andindustrial sectors. Many new services likebusiness process outsourcing (BPO) have comeup. However, value addition in legalconsultancy, health services, financial andbusiness services and the service sector as awhole is not based on accurate reporting andhence underestimated in national incomemeasures.(iv) Household Services

The national income accounts do notinclude the care economy - domestic work andhousekeeping. Most of such valuable workrendered by our women at home does not enterour national accounting.(v) Social Services

It ignores voluntary and charitable work asit is unpaid.(vi) Environmental Cost

National income estimation does notaccount for the environmental costs incurredin the production of goods. For example, theland and water degradation accompanying theGreen revolution in India. Similarly, theclimate change that is caused by the use of

fossil fuels. However, in recent years, greenGDP is being calculated where theenvironmental costs are deducted from the GDPvalue and the Green GDP is arrived at.

Ques. 21 : What can be done?Ans. For examining the performance of

the economy in real terms through themeasurement of Gross Domestic Product (GDP),national income, consumption expenditure,capital formation etc., estimates are preparedat the prices of selected year known as baseyear. Base year is a specific year from whichthe economic growth is measured .It isallocated the value of 100 in an index. Theestimates at the prevailing prices of thecurrent year are termed as at current prices ,while those prepared at base year prices aretermed at constant prices . The comparisonof the two estimates gives the measure of realgrowth. It means the production of the currentyear is valued at base year prices so that thereal growth is worked out. That is the increasein the value of the GDP due to inflation isexcluded and the real increase is found out.

The base year of the national accounts ischanged periodically to take into account thestructural changes which take place in theeconomy and to depict a true picture of theeconomy through measures like GDP.

The first official estimates of nationalincome were prepared by the CentralStatistical Organisation (CSO) with base year1948-49 for the estimates at constant prices.These estimates were published in thepublication, Estimates of National Income in1956. With the gradual improvement in theavailability of basic data over the years, acomprehensive review of methodology fornational accounts statistics has constantlybeen undertaken with a view to updating thedatabase and shifting the base year to a morerecent year. As a result, base years of theNational Accounts Statistics series have been




shifted from 1948-49 to 2004-05 which is thenew series of national accounts being followedfrom 2010.

Normally, when the base year of nationalaccounts statistics is changed, there is somechange in the levels of GDP estimates. Thishappens due to widening the coverage.

A base year has to be a normal year withoutlarge fluctuations in production, trade andprices of commodities in general. Reliable pricedata should be available for it. It should be asrecent as possible. The National StatisticalCommission wants that the base year shouldbe revised every five years.

Ques. 22 : What is GDP deflator?Ans. GDP Deflator is a comprehensive

measure of inflation, implicitly derived fromnational accounts data as a ratio of GDP atcurrent prices to constant prices. While itencompasses the entire spectrum of economicactivities including services, it is available ona quarterly basis with a lag of two months since1996. Therefore, national income aggregatesextensively use WPI for deflating nominal priceestimates to derive real price estimates.

The formula used to calculate the deflatoris:

GDP deflator = Nominal GDP 100

Real GDP

Dividing the nominal GDP by the GDPdeflator and multiplying it by 100 would thengive the figure for real GDP, hence deflatingthe nominal GDP into a real measure.

A price deflator of 200 means that thecurrent-year price of this computing power istwice its base-year price - price inflation. Aprice deflator of 50 means that the current-year price is half the base year price - pricedeflation.

Unlike some price indexes, the GDP

deflator is not based on a fixed basket of goodsand services. It covers the whole economy.

Specifically, for GDP, the basket in eachyear is the set of all goods that were produceddomestically, weighted by the market value ofthe total consumption of each good. Therefore,new expenditure patterns are allowed to showup in the deflator as people respond to changingprices. The advantage of this approach is thatthe GDP deflator reflects up to date expenditurepatterns.

The CSO uses the price indices to reachthe base year figure from the current year one.In September 2010, for the first quarterlyfigure, it made a mistake while applying thedeflator- for the GDP by output figure, it usedone price index and for the GDP by expenditurenumber, it used another. It led to hugediscrepancy which was later.

Ques. 23 : Define Business cycles.Ans. Alternating periods of expansion and

decline in economic activity is called businesscycle. That is, the ups and downs of theeconomy. There are four stages in the businesscycle: expansion, growth, slowdown andrecession. Recession may not follow every time.When recession takes place, it may not be ofthe same intensity every times. For example,the 2008 global financial meltdown is thedeepest since the WW2 and is called the GreatRecession. If recession deepens, it is calleddepression and occurred only once in the lastcentury in I930 s. All economies experienceeconomic cycles. Explaining and preventingthese fluctuations is one of the main focusesof macroeconomics.

Ques. 24 : What are the benefits and sideeffects of economic growth?

Ans.(i) The first benefit of economic growth is

wealth creation. It helps create jobsand increase incomes.




(ii) It ensures an increase in the standardof living, even if it is not evenlydistributed.

(iii) Government has more tax revenues:fiscal dividend. Economic growth booststax revenues and provides thegovernment with extra money tofinance spending projects. For example,the flagship programmes of thegovernment like the MGNREGA are adirect result of the tax buoyancy ofgrowth It sets up the positive spiral:

(iv) rising demand encourages investmentin new capital machinery which helpsaccelerate economic growth and tcreate more employment.

Economic growth can also have a self-defeating effect:

(i) violate the principles of fairness andequity thus setting off social conflicts.

(ii) Environmental costs are anotherdisadvantage.

Ques. 25 : Can we relay on GDP for themeasure of real progress?

Ans. Economic growth is generally takenas the measure of advancement in thestandard of living of the country. Countries withhigher GNP often score highly on measures ofwelfare, such as life expectancy. However, thereare limitations to the usefulness of GNP as ameasure of welfare:

GDP does not value intangibles likeleisure, quality of life etc. Quality of lifeis determined by many other thingsthan economic goods.the impact of economic activity on theenvironment may be harmful-pollution, climate change,unsustainable growth, ecologicalrefugees, life style diseases etc.

It only gives average figures that hidestratification. Economic inequality isnot revealed by GDP figuresCondition of poor is not indicated Forexample, Indian economy grew at 8.9%in the first half of 2010-2011 but thefood inflation was over 14% and on ahigh base causing immesirization ofthe lower classes.Gender disparities are not indicated.It does not matter how the increase inwealth takes place- whether by civiliandemand or war.GDP does not measure thesustainability of growth. A country mayachieve a temporarily high GDP byover-exploiting natural resources.

Advantages:-The major advantages to using GDP per

capita as an indicator of standard of living arethat it is measured frequently, widely andconsistently. Frequently in that most countriesprovide information on GDP on a quarterlybasis, which allows a user to spot trends morequickly. Widely in that some measure of GDPis available for practically every country in theworld, which allows crude comparisonsbetween the standard of living in differentcountries. And consistently in that thetechnical definitions used within GDP arerelatively consistent between countries, andso there can be confidence that the same thingis being measured in each country.Disdvantages:-

The major disadvantage of using GDP asan indicator of standard of living is that it isnot, strictly speaking, a measure of standardof living. For instance, in an extreme example,a country which exported 100 per cent of itsproduction would still have a high GDP, but avery poor standard of living.




The argument in favour of using GDP isnot that it is a good indicator of standard ofliving, but rather that (all other things beingequal) standard of living tends to increase whenGDP per capita increases. This makes GDP aproxy for standard of living, rather than a directmeasure of it.

Because of the limitations in the GDPconcept, other measures of welfare such as theHuman Development Index (HDI), Index ofSustainable Economic Welfare (ISEW), GenuineProgress Indicator (GPI) and SustainableNational Income (SN1), Gross NationalHappiness(GNH), Green GDP, natural resourceaccounting have been suggested.

They are proposed in an attempt to give amore complete picture of the level of well-beingand the position with reference to naturalresource depletion, but there is no consensusas to which is a better measure than GDP.Some of the above defy quantification. GDP stillremains by far the most often-used measure.

Ques. 26 : Discuss about the othersmeasures which can be used as alternativeto GDP.

Ans. Some economists have attempted tocreate a replacements for GDP which attemptto address many of the above criticisms

regarding GDP. Other nations such as Bhutanhave advocated gross national happiness as astandard of living, claiming itself as the world shappiest nation.

HDIThe UN Human Development Index (HDI)

is a standard means of measuring wellbeing.The index was developed in 1990 by thePakistani economist Mahbub ul Haq, and hasbeen used since 1993 by the United NationsDevelopment Programme in its annual report.

The HDI measures the averageachievements in a country in three basicdimensions of human development:

A long and healthy life, as measuredby life expectancy at birth.

Knowledge, as measured by the adultliteracy rate (with two-thirds weight)and the combined primary, secondary,and tertiary gross enrolment ratio (withone-third weight).

A decent standard of living, asmeasured by gross, domestic product(GDP) per capita at purchasing powerparity (PPP) in US Dollars.

Each year, UN member states are listed andranked according to these measures.

Table : Trends in the Human Development Index (HDI) 1980-2011Average Annual HDI

Growth Rage (percent)HDI Country 1980 1990 2000 2005 2009 2010 2011 1980- 1990- 2000-rank 2011 2011 20111 Norway 0.796 0.844 0.913 0.938 0.941 0.943 0.55 0.53 0.292 Australia 0.850 0.873 0.906 0.918 0.926 0.927 0.929 0.29 0.30 0.2339 Poland - - 0.770 0.791 0.807 0.811 0.813 - - 0.5061 Malaysia 0.559 0.631 0.705 0.738 0.752 0.758 0.761 1.00 0.90 0.6966 Russian Fed. - - 0.691 0.725 0.747 0.751 0.755 - - 0.8184 Brazil 0.549 0.600 0.665 0.692 0.708 0.715 0.718 0.87 0.86 0.69




92 Turkey 0.463 0.558 0.634 0.671 0.690 0.696 0.699 1.34 1.08 0.90101 China 0.404 0.490 0.588 0.633 0.674 0.682 0.687 1.73 1.62 1.4397 Sril Lanka 0.539 0.583 0.602 0.622 0.636 0.641 0.644 0.51 0.58 0.62103 Thailand 0.486 0.566 0.626 0.656 0.673 0.680 0.682 1.10 0.89 0.78112 Phillippines 0.550 0.571 0.602 0.622 0.636 0.641 0.644 0.51 0.58 0.62113 Egypt 0.406 0.497 0.585 0.611 0.638 0.644 0.644 1.50 1.24 0.88124 Indonesia 0.423 0.481 0.543 0.572 0.607 0.613 0.617 1.23 1.19 1.17123 South Africa 0.564 0.615 0.616 0.599 0.610 0.615 0.619 0.30 0.03 0.05128 Vietnam - 0.435 0.528 0.561 0.584 0.590 0.593 - 150 1.06134 India 0.344 0.410 0.461 0.504 0.535 0.542 0.547 1.51 1.38 1.56145 Pakistan 0.359 0.399 0.436 0.48 0.499 0.503 0.504 1.10 1.12 1.33143 Kenya 0.420 0.456 0.443 0.467 0.499 0.505 0.509 0.509 0.62 0.521.27146 Bengladesh 0.303 0.352 0.422 0.462 0.491 0.496 0.500 1.63 1.69 1.55

World 0.558 0.594 0.634 0.66 0.676 0.679 0.682 0.65 0.66 0.66Source : HDR 2011.

India is ranked at 134 among 182 countrieson the Human Development Index of the UnitedNations Development Programme (UNDP) thatwas released in late 2010. The HDI goes beyonda nation s gross domestic product (GDP) tomeasure the general well-being of people undera host of parameters, such as poverty levels,literacy and gender-related issues.HPI

An alternative measure, focusing on theamount of poverty in a country, is the HumanPoverty Index. The Human Poverty Index is anindication of the standard of living in a country,developed by the United Nations.

Indicators used are:Lifespanfunctional literacy skillsLong-term unemploymentRelative poverty ( poverty withreference to the average per capitaincome).

GPIThe Genuine Progress Indicator (GPI) is a

concept in green economics and welfareeconomics that has been suggested as areplacement metric for gross domestic product(GDP) as a metric of economic growth. UnlikeGDP it is claimed by its advocates to morereliably distinguish uneconomic growth -almost all advocates of a GDP would accept thatsome economic growth is very harmful.

A GPI is an attempt to measure whether ornot a country s growth, increased production ofgoods, and expanding services have actuallyresulted in the improvement of the welfare (orwell-being) of the people in the country.Green GDP

Green Gross Domestic Product (Green GDP)is an index of economic growth with theenvironmental consequences of that growthfactored in. From the final value of goods andservices produced, the cost of ecologicaldegradation is deducted to arrive at Green GDP.

In 2004, Wen Jiabao, the Chinese premier,announced that the green GDP index wouldreplace the Chinese GDP index. But the effort




was dropped in 2007 as it was seen that theconventional growth rates were decelerating.GNH

Gross National Happiness (GNH) is anattempt to define quality of life in more holisticand psychological terms than Gross NationalProduct.

The term was coined by Bhutans formerKing Jigme Singye Wangchuck in 1972 toindicate his commitment to building aneconomy that would serve Bhutan s uniqueculture based on Buddhist spiritual values.While conventional development models stresseconomic growth as the ultimate objective, theconcept of GNH is based on the premise thattrue development takes place when materialand spiritual development occur side by side tocomplement and reinforce each other. The fourdimensions of GNH are the promotion ofequitable and sustainable socio-economicdevelopment, preservation and promotion ofcultural values, conservation of the naturalenvironment, and establishment of goodgovernance.Natural Resources Accounting

Natural resources are essential forproduction and consumption, maintenance oflife-support systems, as well as havingintrinsic value in existence forintergenerational and other reasons. It can beargued that natural capital should be treatedin a similar manner to manmade capital inaccounting terms, so that the ability togenerate income in the future is sustained byusing the stock of natural capital judiciously.By failing to account reductions in the stock ofnatural resources, standard measures ofnational income do not represent economicgrowth genuinely. Soil, water and biodiversityare the three basic natural resources.

National Biodiversity Action Plan publishedby Government of India, Ministry of

Environment and Forests in 2008 highlightsas an action point the valuation of goods andservices provided by biodiversity. Morespecifically, the Action Plan states : to assignappropriate market value to the goods andservices provided by various ecosystems andstrive to incorporate these costs into nationalaccounting.

In the Nagoya (Japan) meet in 2010 onbiodiversity protection, India declared that itwill adopt natural resource accounting from2012.

In the October 2010 UN biodiversitysummit, it was said that the link betweeneconomic policy, natural capital and humanwellbeing should be understood. There shouldbe global partnership is to mainstream naturalresources accounting into economic planning.India, Colombia and Mexico accepted it. Thiswill plug deficiencies in traditional accountingsystems. As mentioned above, India s nationalbiodiversity action plan has alreadyincorporated some of these concepts.

Ques. 27 : What is Laissez-faire doctorine?Ans. A market economy is an economic

system in which goods and services are traded,with the price being determined by demand andsupply.

Laissez-faire is a French phrase meaninglet do, let go, let pass. Its proponents make

arguments against government interferencewith economy and trade. It is synonymous withfree market economics. It is generallyunderstood to be a doctrine opposing economic-interventionism by the state beyond the extentwhich is perceived to be necessary to maintainpeace and property rights.

A market economy has no centralcoordinator guiding its operation, yettheoretically self-organization emerges amidstthe complex interplay of supply and demand.Supporters of a market economy generally hold




that the pursuit of self- interest is actually inthe best interest of society. Adam Smith says:

By pursuing his own interest (anindividual) frequently promotes that of thesociety more effectually than when he reallyintends to promote it. (Wealth of Nation).

Adam Smith calls it the invisible hand- theforce that combines the individual self interestinto a collective social interest. However, aswe have seen in the melt down of the westerneconomies since 2008 and as Nobel laueateJoseph Stiglitz commented, invisible hand maynot exist.

There are a variety of critics of market asan organizing principle of an economy. Thesecritics range from those who reject marketsentirely, in favor of a planned economy, suchas that advocated by communism to those whowish to see them regulated to various degrees.One prominent practical objection is theenvironmental pollution generated. Another isthe claim that through the creation ofmonopolies, markets sow the seeds of their owndestruction.

Social marketSome proponents of market economies

believe that government should intervene toprevent market failure while preserving thegeneral character of a market economy.

It seeks an alternative economic systemother than socialism and laissez-faireeconomy, combining private enterprise withmeasures of the state to establish faircompetition, low inflation, low levels ofunemployment, good working conditions, andsocial welfare.

Ques. 28 : Discuss th eco-relation betweenMarket economy and poverty?

Ans. Free market economists argue thatplanned economies and Welfare will not solvepoverty problems but only make them worse.

They believe that the only way to solve povertyis by creating new wealth. They believe thatthis is most efficiently achieved through lowlevels of government regulation andinterference, free trade, and tax reform andreduction. Open economy, competition andinnovation generate growth and employment.

Advocates of the third way -social marketsolutions to poverty- believe that there is alegitimate role the government can play infighting poverty. They believe this can beachieved through the creation of social safetynets such as social security and workerscompensation.

Most modern industrialized nations todayare not typically representative of Laissez-faireprinciples, as they usually involve significantamounts of government intervention in theeconomy. This intervention includes minimumwages to increase the standard of living, anti-monopoly regulation to prevent monopolies,progressive income taxes, welfare programs toprovide a safety net for those without thecapacity to find work, disability assistance,subsidy programs for businesses andagricultural products to stabilize prices - protectjobs within a country, government ownershipof some industry, regulation of market.competition to ensure fair standards andpractices to protect the consumer and worker,and economic trade barriers in the form ofprotective tariffs - quotas on imports - orinternal regulation favoring domestic industry.

Ques. 29 : What do you mean by Marketfailure and Government failure?

Ans. The inability of an unregulatedmarket to achieve allocative efficiency isknown as market failure. The main types ofmarket failure are: monopoly, steep inequality,pollution etc. The western economic recessionsince 2008 is the result of market failurewhere excessive speculation and borrowings




have disoriented the economies with hugehuman and economic cost.

Government failure is the public sectoranalogy to market failure and occurs whengovernment does not efficiently allocate goodsand/or resources consumers. Just as withmarket failures, there are many differentkinds of government failures. Inefficient useof resources, wastage and retarded economicgrowth due to government monopolies andregulation are the results of governmentfailure. Often, the performance of the publicsector in India is cited to exemplify governmentfailure.

Ques. 30 : Discuss about the variousstructural composition of the economy?

Ans. The three-sector hypothesis is aneconomic theory which divides economies intothree sectors of activity: extraction of rawmaterials (primary), manufacturing(secondary), and services (tertiary).

According to the theory the main focus ofan economy s activity shifts from the primary,through the secondary and finally to the tertiarysector. The increase in quality of life, socialsecurity, blossoming of education and cultureand avoidance of unemployment with reductionof poverty are the effects of such transition.

Countries with a low per capita income arein an early state of development; the main partof their national income is achieved throughproduction in the primary sector. Countries ina more advanced state of development, with amedium national income, generate theirincome mostly in the secondary sector. Inhighly developed countries with a high income,the tertiary sector dominates the total outputof the economy.

The primary sector of the economy involveschanging natural resources into primaryproducts. Most products from this sector are

considered raw materials for other industries.Major businesses in this sector includeagriculture, fishing, forestry and all mining andquarrying industries.

Primary industry is a larger sector indeveloping countries; for instance, animalhusbandry is more common in Africa than inJapan.

The secondary sector of the economyincludes those economic sectors that create afinished, usable product: manufacturing andconstruction.

This sector generally takes the output ofthe primary sector and manufactures finishedgoods or where they are suitable for use by otherbusinesses, for export, or sale to domesticconsumers. This sector is often divided intolight industry and heavy industry.

Light industry is usually less capitalintensive than heavy industry, and is moreconsumer-oriented than business-oriented(i.e, most light industry products are producedfor end users rather than as intermediates foruse by other - industries).Examples of lightindustries include the manufacture of clothes,shoes, furniture and household items (e.g.consumer electronics).

Heavy industry means products which areeither heavy in weight or in the processesleading to their production. Examples are heavymachinery, big factories, chemical plants,production of construction equipment such ascranes and bulldozers. Alternatively, heavyindustry projects can be generalized as morecapital intensive or as requiring greater ormore advanced resources, facilities ormanagement.

The tertiary sector of economy (also knownas the service sector) is defined by exclusionof the two other sectors. Services are definedin conventional economic literature asintangible or invisible goods . The tertiary




sector of economy involves the provision ofservices to businesses as well as finalconsumers.

Services may involve-the transport,distribution and sale of goods from producer toa consumer as may happen in wholesaling andretailing, or may involve the provision of aservice, such as or entertainment. The servicesector consists of the soft parts of the economysuch as insurance, government, tourism,banking, retail, education, and social services.Examples of service may include retail,insurance, and government. -

The quaternary sector of the economy isan extension of the three-sector hypothesis. Itprincipally concerns the intellectual services:information generation, information sharing,consultation and research and development.It is sometimes incorporated into the tertiarysector but many argue that intellectualservices are distinct enough to warrant aseparate sector.

The quaternary sector can be seen-as thesector in which companies invest in order toensure further expansion. Research will bedirected into cutting costs, tapping intomarkets, producing innovative ideas, newproduction methods and methods ofmanufacture, amongst others. To manyindustries, such as the pharmaceuticalindustry, the sector is the most valuablebecause it creates future branded productswhich the company will profit from. This sectorevolves in well developed countries andrequires a highly educated workforce.

The quinary sector of the economy is thesector suggested by some economists ascomprising health, education, culture,research, police, fire service, and othergovernment industries not intended to makea profit. The quinary sector also includesdomestic activities such as those performedby stay-at-home parents or homemakers.

These activities are not measured by monetaryamounts but make a considerable contributionto the economy.

Ques. 31 : Define Developing Country.Ans. A developing country is a country that

has not reached the Western-style standardsof democratic governments, free marketeconomies, industrialization, social programs,and human rights guarantees for theircitizens.

Countries with more advanced economiesthan other developing nations, but which havenot yet fully demonstrated the signs of adeveloped country, are grouped under the termnewly industrialized countries.

Ques. 32 : Define developed country.Ans. Development entails a modem

infrastructure (both physical and institutional),and a move away from low value added sectorssuch as agriculture and natural resourceextraction. Developed countries, incomparison, usually have economic systemsbased on economic growth in the secondary,tertiary and quaternary sectors and highstandards of living.

Ques. 33 : Define newly industralizedcountry.

Ans. The category of newly industrializedcountry (NIC) is a socioeconomic classificationapplied to several Countries around the world.

NICs are countries whose economies havenot yet reached first world status but have, ina macroeconomic sense, outpaced theirdeveloping counterparts Anothercharacterization of NICs is that of nationsundergoing rapid economic growth. Incipientor ongoing industrialization is an importantindicator of a NIC. In many NICs, socialupheaval can occur as primarily rural,agriculture populations migrate to the cities,




where the growth of manufacturing concernsand factories can draw many thousands oflaborers.

NICs usually share some other commonfeatures, including:

A switch from agriculture to industrialeconomies, especially in themanufacturing sector.An increasingly open-marketeconomy, allowing free trade with othernations in the world.Emerging MNCsStrong capital investment from foreigncountries.

Ques. 34 : Define High-income economy.Ans. A High-income economy is defined

by the World Bank as a country with a GDP percapita of $11,456 or more. While the term highincome may be used interchangeably withFirst World and developed country, the

technical definitions of these terms differ. Theterm first world commonly refers to thoseprosperous countries that aligned themselveswith the U.S. and NATO during the cold war.Several institutions, such as InternationalMonetary Fund (IMF) take factors other thanhigh per capita income into account whenclassifying countries as developed Ofadvanced economies According to the United

Nations, for example, some high incomecountries may also be developing countries.The GCC (Persian Gulf States) Countries, forexample, are classified as developing highincome countries Thus, a high income Countrymay be classified as either developed ordeveloping.

The term developed country, or advancedcountry, is used to categorize countries thathave achieved a high level of industrializationin which the tertiary and quaternary sectorsof industry dominate. Countries not fitting this

definition may referred to as developingcountries.

This level of economic development usuallytranslates into a high income per capita and ahigh Human Development Index (HDI) rating.Countries with high gross domestic product(GDP) per capita often fit the above descriptionof a developed economy. However, anomaliesexist when-determining developed status bythe factor GDP per capita alone.

Ques. 35 : Define Least DevelopmentCountries?

Ans. Least Developed Countries (LDCs orFourth World countries) are countries whichaccording to the United Nations exhibit thelowest indicators o f socioeconomicdevelopment, with the lowest HumanDevelopment Index ratings of all countries inthe world. A country is classified as a LeastDeveloped Country if it meets three criteriabased on:

low-income (three-year average GDPper capita of less than US $750, whichmust exceed $900 to leave the list)human resource weakness (based onindicators of nutrition, health,education and adult literacy) economicvulnerability (based on instability, ofagricultural production, instability ofexports of goods and services and thepercentage of population displaced-bynatural disasters).

The classification currently applies to 48countries.

Ques. 36 : Discuss India s initiatives forgreen accounting.

Ans. India aims to factor the use of naturalresources in its economic growth estimates by2015 as we seek to underscore the actions itis taking to fight global warming.




Government said the country would seekto make green accounting part of governmentpolicy on economic growth.

The alternative GDP (Gross DomesticProduct) estimates account for the consumptionof natural resources as well. This would helpfind out how much of a natural resource isbeing consumed in the course of economicgrowth, how much being degraded and howmuch being replenished.

It is expected that in future more and moreeconomists are likely to focus their time andenergies upon social investment accountingor green accounting ... so that GDP reallybecomes not gross domestic product but greendomestic product.

Green gross domestic product, then orgreen GDP as outlined above, measureseconomic growth while factoring in theenvironmental consequences, or externalities(how those outside a transaction are affected),of that growth. There are methodologicalconcerns how do we monetize the loss ofbiodiversity? How can we measure theeconomic impacts of climate change due togreen house gas emissions? While the greenGDP has pot yet been perfected as a measureof environmental costs, many countries areworking to strike a balance between - greenGDP and the original GDP.

Ques. 37 : Discuss about the Sarkozy sinitiatives for GDP alternative.

Ans. The Commission on themeasurement of economic performance andsocial progress was set up at the beginning of2008 on French government s initiative.

Increasing concerns have been raisedsince a long time about the adequacy of currentmeasures of economic performance, inparticular those based on GDP figures.Moreover, there are broader concerns, aboutthe relevance of these figures as measures of

societal well-being, as well as measures ofeconomic, environmental, and socialsustainability.

Reflecting these concerns, the formerPresident Sarkozy has decided to create thisCommission, to look at the entire range ofissues, Its aim is to identify the limits of GDPas an indicator of economic performance andsocial progress, to consider additionalinformation required for the production of amore relevant picture etc: The Commission ischaired by Professor Joseph E. Stiglitz. AmartyaSen and Bina Agarwal are also associated withit. The commission gave its report in 2009.

The Stiglitz report recommends thateconomic indicators should stress well-beinginstead of production, and for non-marketactivities, such as domestic and charity work,to be taken into account, Indexes shouldintegrate complex realities, such as crime, theenvironment and the efficiency of the healthsystem, as well as income inequality. Thereport brings examples, such as traffic jams,to show that more production doesn tnecessarily correspond with greater well-being.

We re living in one of those epochs wherecertitudes have vanished.., we have toreinvent, to reconstruct everything, Sarkozysaid. The central issue is [to pick] the way ofdevelopment, the model of society, thecivilization we want to live in.

Stiglitz explained: The big questionconcerns whether GDP provides a good measureof living standards. In many cases, GDPstatistics seem to suggest-that-the economyis doing far better than most citizens ownperceptions. Moreover, the focus on GDPcreates conflicts: political leaders are told tomaximise it, but citizens also demand thatattention be paid to enhancing security,reducing air, water, and noise pollution, andso forth all of which might lower GDP growth.The fact that GDP may be a poor measure of




well-being, or, even of market activity, has, ofcourse, long been recognized. But changes insociety and the economy may have heightenedthe problems, at the same time that advancesin economics and statistical techniques mayhave provided opportunities to improve ourmetrics.

INDIA GDP BASE YEAR IS CHANGED

The Government changed the base year forcalculating national income to 2004-05 asagainst 1999-2000 earlier. The CentralStatistical Organisation (CSO) made thechanges in early 2010.




1. Consider the following statements.1) Macro economics examines the

economic behavior of individual.2) Microeconomics studies national

income, poverty employment etc.Which of the above statements is / are true.


2. Consider the following statements.1) Keynesian theory says that state cant

stimulate economic growth.2) Keynesian theory were first published

in the General theory of Employment.3) Keynesian theory can work only in

developed country.Which of the above statements is / are true.

a) 2 only b) 1 & 3 onlyc) 1 & 2 only d) 1, 2 & 3 only

3. Consider the following statements.1) Development economics mainly works

in low-income countries.2) The most prominent development

economists are Nobe l laureatesAmartya Sen & Joseph Stiglitz.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1 only b) 2 onlyc) Both 1 & 2 d) Neither 1 nor 2

4. Consider the following statements.1) Green economics supports the

interaction between humans & nature.2) Economic growth can be measure from

GNP & GDP.3) GNP is defined as the total market

value of all final goods & services

produced within the country in a givenperiod of time.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 2 & 3 b) 1 & 2c) 1, 2 & 3 d) 1 & 3

5. Consider the following statements.1) Nominal GDP refers to the current year

production of final goods & servicesvalued at current year.

2) Real GDP refers to the current yearproduction of goods & service valued atbase year prices.

3) In estimating GDP, only finalmarketable goods & services areconsidered.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1 & 2 only b) 2 & 3 onlyc) 1 & 3 only d) 1, 2 & 3

6. Consider the following statements.1) Market price refers to the actual cost

of the various factors.2) Factor cost refers to the actual

transacted price.Which of the above statements is / are true.

a) Neither 1 nor 2 b) Both 1 & 2c) 1 only d) 2 only

7. Consider the following statements.1) GDP considers only marketed goods.2) If a cleaner is hired, their pay is

included in GDP.3) Final goods are goods that are

ultimately consumed rather than usedin the production of another good.

Questions




Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1 & 2 only b) 2 & 3 onlyc) 1, 2 & 3 only d) 1 & 2

8. Consider the following statements.1) Net National product is calculated by

deducting depreciation expense fromGNP.

2) National income is the GNP at factorcost.

3) The growth of GDP at constant priceshows an annual real growth.

4) Parallel economy (Black Money) posesa serious hurdle to accurate GDPestimates.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1, 2, 3 & 4 b) 1, 3 & 4c) 2 & 3 d) 1 & 2

9. Consider the following statements.1) The growth of GNP at constent price

shows an annual real growth.2) GDP deflator is a comprehensive

measure of inflation.Which of the above statements is / are true.

a) 1 only b) Neither 1 nor 2c) 1 & 2 d) 2 only

10.Consider the following statement aboutUN Human Development index.1) It was developed in 1990.2) Pakistani economist Mahbub ul Haq

developed the HDI.3) Life expectancy, literacy rate & GDP at

PPP in US Dollar are the three basicdimension of HDI.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1, 2 & 3 b) 2 & 3c) 1 & 2 d) 1 & 3

11.Consider the following statement.1) The cost of ecological degradation is

deducted to arrive at Green GDP.2) Gross National Happiness (GNH) term

was coined by Bhutan's former kingJigme Singye Wangchuck.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1 & 2 b) 2 & 3c) 1 & 3 d) 1, 2 & 3

12.Consider the following statements.1) Economics has three sectors.2) Least Developed countries also known

as the Fourth world countries.3) Joseph stiglitz commission was set up

by Former French President NicholasSarkozy for measurement of economicperformance & social progress.

Which of the above statements is / are true.a) 1, 2 & 3 b) 1 & 3c) 2 & 3 d) 1 & 2




1. d. Marco economics studies the economyas a whole while micro economicsexamines economic behavior ofindividual.

2. a. Keynesian theory says that state canstimulate economic growth. It works bothin developed & developing nation.

3. c.

4. b. GNP is a measure of the value of theoutput produced by the nationals of acountry.

5. d.

6. a. Market price refers to the actualtransacted price & factor cost refers to theactual cost of the various factor.

7. c.

8. b. National income is the NNP at factorcost.

9. d. The growth of GDP at constant priceshows an annual real growth.

10. a.

11. d. GNH has four dimension.

12. c. Economics has three sector primary,secondary & territory.



SAMPLE MATERIAL OF

OUR STUDY KIT

PAPER I

INDIAN POLITY



UNION AND ITS TERRITORY

Art. 1 says that India, that is Bharat, is aUnion of States.

There is an opinion that the term Unionof States implies that India is a unitary systemof government and is federal only in a secondarysense. However, the following explanationdispels such an interpretation.

In the Constituent Assembly, the DraftingCommittee decided in favour of describingIndia as a Union, although its Constitution isfederal in structure.

Ques. 1: Bring out the significance of theexpression Union instead of theexpression Federation in the IndianConstitution?

Ans. Moving the Draft Constitution for theconsideration of the Constituent Assembly in1948, Dr. Ambedkar explained the significanceof the use of the expression Union instead ofthe expression Federation . Two reasons aregiven

Though the country and the peoplemay be divided into different States forconvenience of administration, thecountry is one integral whole, itspeople a single people living under asingle imperium derived from a singlesource.

The expression- India is a Union ofStates was chosen as India wasalready a Union at the time of the

Constituent Assembly debates.

There are two expressions used in thecontext of governance in India- Union of Indiaand Territory of India the former includesStates that share federal powers with theUnion Government, the latter includes not onlyStates but all other units like UT s and soon.In other words, territory of India encompassesa larger area than Union of India. That is,Territory of India encompasses the entireterritory over which Indian sovereignty isexercised while Union of India covers only thefederal system.

Government of India can acquire anyterritory by purchase, treaty, cession, conquestor any other method, administer it on the basisof Parliamentary Act.

The States and the territories, thereof arespecified in the First Schedule. The territoryof India comprises of the territories of theStates; the Union territories specified in theFirst Schedule; and such other territories asmay be acquired.

Ques. 2 : The amendment of the Article 2and Article 3 are not to be deemed to bean amendment under Article 368.Discuss?

Ans. Art.2 says that the Parliament mayby law admit into the Union, or establish, newStates on such terms and conditions as itthinks fit.




Art 3. Formation of the States and alterationof areas, boundaries or names of existingStates: - Parliament may by law:-

(a) form a new State by separation ofterritory from any State or by uniting two ormore States or parts of States or by uniting anyterritory to a Part of any State;

(b) increase the area of any State;(c) diminish the area of any State;(d) alter the boundaries of any State;(e) alter the name of any State;The relevant Bill may be introduced in

either House of Parliament only on therecommendation of the President.

The Bill should be referred by the Presidentto the Legislature/Legislatures of the State/States for expressing views within such periodas may be specified in the reference. Suchperiod may be extended by the President. Theopinion of the State Legislatures is not bindingon the President. The Bill can be introduced inthe Parliament- either House- only on therecommendation of the President. The Billneeds to be passed by the Parliament by asimple majority.

Art. 4 says that laws made under Articles 2and 3 to provide for the amendment of the Firstand the Fourth Schedules and incidental andconsequential matters are not to be deemed tobe an amendment of this Constitution for thepurposes of Article 368.

Ques. 3 : The use of the provisions underArticle 2 and Article 3 since independencehas been truly federal rather than unitaryin nature. Examine the statement withexamples?

Ans. A federation is one consisting of an.indestructible Union of indestructible Statesas in the USA. India, though a federation, has

Constitutional mandate for the abolition of astate. That is, in India, states are notindestructible . A state can he abolished ormerged with another state. Its boundaries,area and name can be changed. The processis initiated by the Union Government and therole of the affected state is only to express itsopinion which is not binding on the UnionGovernment. Parliament needs to pass the Billonly by a simple majority. The Council of States(Rajya Sabha) which is the representative ofstates does not have any special powers in thismatter. Thus, the process is Unitary. However,there are certain aspects that requireconsideration

President is given the power to refer theBill to the state concerned. The Bill can not beintroduced in the Parliament without thePresidential recommendation. The Presidentis unlikely to allow abuse of the power by theunion government.

The need for political integration afterIndependence even in the face of anyprovincial resistance was theoverriding factor.The Constitution was drafted at a timewhen the country was partitioned andthe danger from centrifugal tendenciesmade the Constituent Assemblymembers feel the need for a strongcentre.

It is true that the provisions in Art. 2 and 3are unitary in content. But, as shown the useof the provisions is truly federal.

¨ THE CASE OF PONDICHERRY(PUDUCHERRY)

It is a form French colony. A treaty ofcession was signed by India and France in1956. It was ratified by the French parliamentin May 1962. Till 1962, therefore, it could notbe given the status of a Union Territory and




was given the status of acquired territory . In1962 India and France exchanged theinstruments of ratification under which Franceceded to India full sovereignty over theterritories it held. It came to be administeredas the Union Territory of Pondicherry from1963. Its new name is Puducherry.

Parliament in 2006 passed a Bill to renamethe Union Territory (UT) of Pondicherry asPuducherry in response to the wishes of thepeople of the Union Territory expressed througha unanimous resolution by the legislativeAssembly in 1980.The Bill amends Part VIII,the First and Fourth Schedules of theConstitution and the Government of UnionTerritories Act 1963.

Puducherry encompasses four regions -Puducherry, Karaikal (near Nagapattinam inTarnil Nadu), Mahe (near Thalassery, Kerala)and Yanam (near Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh).

¨ THE CASE OF SIKKIM

Sikkim was originally a protectorate* ofIndia. Reflecting the wishes of the people ofSikkim, the Constitution (Thirty-fi fthamendment) was passed in Parliament in 1974to up-grade the status of Sikkim from aprotectorate to an associate state of the IndianUnion.

Sikkim Assembly unanimously adopted aresolution in April, 1975, abolishing theinstitution of the Chogyal (royalty) and declaringSikkim as a constituent unit of India. TheAssembly also resolved to submit its resolutionto the people of Sikkim by way of a generalreferendum. Consequently, Parliament madethe Thirty- sixth Constitution Amendment Actin 1975 and Sikkim became the 22nd state ofthe Indian Union.

*In international law, a protectorateis a political entity that formallyagrees by treaty to enter into a

relationship with another, strongerstate, called the protector, whichagrees to protect it (diplomaticallyor militarily) against third parties,in exchange for which theprotectorate usually acceptsspecified obligations.

¨ UNION TERRITORIES

The reasons for having UTs differ with theUnion Territory in question. General reasonsare: unique history; geographical size/location;cultural heritage; Inter- State disputes; needfor territories administered by the UnionGovernment.

Specific reasons are1. Delhi capital of India.2. Pondicherry - French colonial &

cultural heritage - small far-flungareas.

3. Daman & Diu - Portuguese colonial &cultural heritage - far from Goa.

4. Dadra & Nagar Haveli - Portugueseheritage - far from Goa, Daman & Diu.

5. Andaman & Nicobar - group of islandsdeep into the Bay of Bengal far fromthe mainland.

6. Lakshwadweep - group of small islandsdeep into the Arabian Sea - far frommainland.

7. Chandigarh - dispute between statesof Punjab & Haryana - Punjab Accordawarded to Punjab - transfer not yetthrough - continues as UT.

¨ CREATING NEW STATES

Even before Independence, Governmentwas exploring the appropriate basis for statesreorganization. Dhar Commission was set upby the President of the Indian ConstituentAssembly in 1948 to consider the question of




reorgnization of states in India. TheCommission favoured reorganization on thebasis of administrative efficacy and notlanguage. The Indian National Congress at itsJaipur Session (1948) set up a high levelcommittee called Linguistic ProvincesCommittee - consisting of Jawaharlal Nehru,Vallabhbhai Patel and Pattabhi Sitararniah toconsider the Dhar Commission srecommendations. In its report (J.V.P. Report)the committee counseled utmost caution inproceeding with the proposal for the linguisticreorganization of states.

Political movements for the creation of newlanguage based states emerged after indepen-dence. The Telugu-speaking people agitated inMadras State for the formation of Andhra. In1953, the 16 Telugu-speaking districts ofMadras State became the new State of Andhra.It comprised Coastal Andhra and RayalaseemaRegions. In 1956 Andhra State was merged withthe Telangana region of Hyderabad State to forma united Telugu-speaking state of AndhraPradesh.

Jawahar Lal Nehru subsequently appointedthe States Reorganization Commission (1953)that included Fazl Ali, KM Panikkar and HNKunzru. In 1955 the States ReorganizationCommission submitted its reportrecommending that many British-imposedadministrative boundaries be redrawn torecognize certain regional, cultural, andlinguistic configurations. The change wasjustified or the basis of administrativeefficiency - the use of a single language in agiven state. Explaining the criterion oflanguage as the basis for constituting a state,it said:

Ques. 4 : Linguistic homogeneityprovides the only rational basis forreconstituting the state for it reflects thesocial and cultural pattern of living

obtaining in well defined regions of thecountry ? Critically examine thestatements.

Ans. The four criteria laid down by theStates Reorganisation Commission (SRC) foraccepting the demand by a region for theformation of a State are:

Creation of new States shouldstrengthen and preserve nationalunity.States are to be formed on the basis oflinguistic and cultural unity.Financial, administrative andeconomic viability should govern theformation of new states.It should aid the process ofimplementation of five years plans.

Parliament passed the StatesReorganization Act (1956) that was based onthe SRC report. This was the beginning of statesreorganization in India on a linguistic basis. Itwas a major development toward incorporatingcultural identities into political andadministrative units. The federal devolutionof power strengthened this expression ofcultural diversity. Linguistic reorganization ofstates was the only viable model as it helpedadministrative efficiency; greater citizenconvenience; effective management ofdiversities and thus strengthening the federalsystem of governance. It prevents fissiparoustendencies like separatism and disintegration.

Formation of States in India on the basis oflanguages in 1956 was because languagerepresented relatively acceptable base incomparison to other contending criteria likegeography, ethnicity, ecology, economicdevelopment and so on.

¨ STATES REORGANIZATION ACT 1956 AND

CONSTITUTION (SEVENTH) AMENDMENT ACT1956




In order to understand the significance ofthe SR Act 1956 and the Constitution (Seventh)Amendment Act 1956, the nature of politicaland administrative organization under theBritish needs to be followed. British India hadtwo types of territories

provinces, governed directly by Britishofficials who were responsible to theGovernor-General of India andprincely states under the control oflocal hereditary rulers having Britishgovernment as the sovereign butenjoying autonomy based on a treaty

When India became Independent on August15, 1947, British dissolved their treaty relationswith over 600 princely states, who had theoption of acceding to either India or Pakistan.Most of the princely states joined India.Hyderabad was incorporated into India afterarmed intervention.

In the three year period during 1947-1950,the princely states were politically integratedinto the Indian Union- either merged with theexisting provinces or organised into newprovinces.

The Constitution of India, when it cameinto existence on January 26, 1950 had threeclass of states.

The nine Part A states, which were theformer governors provinces of BritishIndia, were ruled by an electedgovernor and state legislature:The eight Part B states were formerprincely states or groups of princelystates, governed by a Rajpramukhs,who was often a former prince, alongwith an elected legislature. TheRajpramukh was appointed by thePresident of India.The ten Part C states included both theformer chief commissionersprovinces and other centrally

administered areas except Andarnanand Nicobar islands. The chiefcommissioner was appointed by thePresident of 1nda.

The States Reorganization Act 1956 broughtabout linguistic reorganization of the statesunder which absorbed the former Britishprovinces and princely states on the basis oflanguage. The Seventh Amendment to theConstitution (1956) abolished the differencebetween Part A and Part B states- both becamestates constituting a single category. Part C

states were renamed union territories. Thepersonal privileges of the princes - the PrivyPurse, the exemption from customs duty etccontinued till they were abolished in 1971.

¨ CRITICISM OF L INGUISTICREORGANIZATION OF STATES

The linguistic reorganization of the statesencouraged various ethnic groups to demandstatehood. This was because ethnic identitywas provided a territory under the scheme oflinguistic reorganization. Such potential hasbeen further sharpened because linguisticreorganization in a vast and diverse countrylike India cannot satisfy the culturalaspirations of all groups. The dissatisfactionsof some of the unrecognized minority linguisticgroups also continue to simmer. Such problemsexist with regard to the Konkan region ofMaharasthra/Goa, Nepali-speaking groups ofDarjeeling, Sikkim, and Assam, and Maithiliand Avadhi language groups in Bihar. Thereare several political parties which areethnicity-based, and they will very willinglybuild their strength by exploiting the linguisticidentities of their constituencies.

The Sarkaria Commission (1988) hinted atweaknesses of the linguistic reorganization ofstates in this respect when it said:

Very often, the sub-national sentimentwhich is initially based on linguistic, religious




or ethnic groupings, gains strength with ablend of economic issues, such as thoserelating to... economic backwardness. One ofthe most significant developments has beenthe rise of linguistic chauvinism, rearrange-ment of the boundaries of the States onlinguistic basis.., resulting in fissiparoustendencies.

Three new states were created in 2000 noton the basis of language but primarily for goodgovernance.

Since the SRC report was acted upon firstin 1956, many new States came into existencefirst in South and West and later in theNorthwest arid the Northeast. The last phaseof the reorganization was in the north and theCentral India in 2000 There are demands fornew States still like Harita Pradesh (westernUP); Bundelkhand (UP) Koshal (western Orissa);Telangana (AP); Kodagu (Karnataka); Vidarbha(Maharashtra); Jatland (Haryana); Ladakh(Jammu and Kashmir); Bodoland (Assam);Gorkhaland (West Bengal); UTs of Puducherriand Delhi.

Needless -to say, the demands could not hemet as it would lead to proliferation of slates toa point of making federal coordination difficult;they are not economically viable; national unitywould he threatened ; small states may heunable to tackle political threats like naxalism;small states are not necessarily bettergoverned as seen in the north east;administrative problems about creation ofinstitutions like High Court; Secretariat etc;the costs of setting up a capital etc, to namesome general reasons.

Ques. 5 : Do you think that increasingdemand for seperate states is a proxy forthe administrative effeciency and willmake the Indian Policy more federal?Critically examine the statements?

Ans. States reorganization has been

taking place since mid-fifties-first in south andlater in northwest and northeast and now inthe northern, central and eastern India so thatbig states are made more governable throughbifurcation on linguistic, cultural, ecological,economic or any other criterion or acombination of them. The case for small statesrests on.

big states needed to be divided foradministrative viabilitybetter system of administrationthrough participative planningavoid neglect of certain regions andsections of societyremove regional economic imbalancesetc.

Examples of Haryana, Punjab and HimachalPradesh are shown as successful small states.Northeast is cited to show that without thereorganization, there would have been greaterlevels of insurgency.

While there is no opposition to carvingmore states out of the big states like Bihar,MP and UP as social and economic indicatorsshow that for reasons of governability, thereshould be bifurcation, the costs are cited asthe following

viability problems creating fiscal stressfor Centremore demands by other regionsleave the parent state with drasticallyreduced resourcesfederal coordination becomes difficult higher rates of taxation on citizens toraise the required resources for thefollowing reason: when a UT becomesa State, it foregoes financial -assistance that it enjoys as a UT. Itnecessitates resort to higher taxationto compensate for the centralassistance that is no longer available.




According to some development experts, theneed for division of big states is undeniable butthe debate regarding the desirability of smallstates is basically one of how to enable balanceddevelopment and facili tate betteradministration. According to them, the answerlies in Local self government institutions;institutionalization of regional planningthrough autonomous councils etc; sustainingthe existing funding mechanisms throughPlanning Commission (Gadgil formula for planassistances) and Finance Commission -mediated transfers on the basis of poverty;special category states etc.

¨ SECOND SRCIt has been more than fifty years since the

States Reorganization Commission (SRC) gaveits report. It had the mammoth task ofregrouping the states essentially on linguisticlines and absorb the princely states. Theprocess of states reorganization continuedsince- 1956 SR Act with three new states beingformed in 2000- Chattisgarh, Jharkhand andUttaranchal (renamed Uttarakhand by theParliament, according to Art.3 in the wintersession of 2006).

There are demands for seeing if thereorganization done so far has worked well.

Also, there have been agitations forstatehood in the Telangana, Vidarbha andDarjeeling regions and elsewhere in thecountry.

Ques. 6 : What is Telangana issue? Is therecommendation of the B.N. SrikrishnaCommittee a step in the right direction?

Ans. An early expression of regionalismwas the Telangana movement in the state ofAndhra Pradesh. The region consists of 10northwestern districts of Andhra Pradeshincluding the state capital, Hyderabad. The

Krishna and Godavari rivers flow through theregion from west to east. In 1953, based on therecommendation of the States ReorganisationCommission, Telugu-speaking areas wereseparated from the former Madras States toform Andhra, India s first state establishedalong linguistic lines. Telangana was mergedwith Andhra to form the new state of AndhraPradesh in 1956.

The concerns about Telangana stemessentially from economic under-development.Compared to the costal region, the contrast isstark. Being backward, people of Telanganahad the disadvantage in education and jobs.The Telangana movement grew out of a senseof regional identity and not from a sense ofethnic identity. The movement demandedredress for economic grievances andrecognition of a sense of cultural distinctness.The local disadvantaged people of Telanganaare called Mulkis.

The 1956 gentlemen s agreementprovided reassurances to the Telangana peoplein education, jobs and ministerial berths. Theuse of Urdu was to continue in theadministration and the judiciary. A RegionalCouncil for Telangana was to be responsiblefor economic development, and its memberswere to be elected by the members of the statelegislative assembly from the region.

The demand for Telangana as a separatestate re-emerged in recent years and it ismentioned in the NCMP that the demand willbe considered at an appropriate time after dueconsultations and consensus. To look into theissue of Telangana region B.N. SrikrishnaCommittee was formed in.

Ques. 7 : The demand for seperate stateshas led to a range of Constitutional andnon-constitutional mechanisms to be putin place to satisfy demands for autonomyand respect for cultural identity. Bring outthese mchanisms chronologically?




Ans. The demand for statehood has thefollowing explanatory factors:

Development deficit due to theuneven development of the country isone reason. Those regions that havenot seen fruits of growth want a newstate.Population explosion- electorate todayis about 70 crores which is a five foldincrease over the 1950s figure. It hascreated pressures that have foundexpression as demands for specialstatus.Cultural identities have become thebasis for political agitations forseparate statehood which is partly theoffshoot of language-based statehoodfollowed since 1950 s.Political parties also are instrumentalin encouraging such demands fortheir own ends.

So far, a range of Constitutional and non-Constitutional mechanisms have been put inplace to satisfy demands for autonomy andrespect for cultural identity. They are

special category states like the northeast, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhandetc that receive central planassistance at liberal termsthere are autonomous councils as inLadakh, Darjeeling, Bodo whereregions enjoy autonomy inadministrationdevelopment boards (Art. 371(2)) for thebackward regions of the states ofMaharashtra and GujaratFinance Commission recommendsmore finances in terms of tax shareand grants for the underdevelopedstates73rd and 74th Amendment Acts for local

self government strive to satisfy localaspirations through decentra-lizedgovernanceInclusions of languages in the 8thschedule of the Constitution for thecultural development of the people.Sixth Schedule benefits

In spite of the above facilities, there is afeeling that a second SRC be formed torecommend further steps.

Ques. 8 : What is Regionalism? Does ithave any effect in stabilizaing the polity?Give your answer with examples fromIndian Polity?

Ans. Regionalism refers to a group ofpeople in a region or a state coming togetherto demand and agitate for more powers ofautonomy or a separate sate for any of thefollowing reasons

Collective feeling of neglectEconomic backwardnessTheir resources are being spent onothersThe state is too large for them to begiven adequate attention indevelopment.

Government reacted to the regionalistdemands in the following manner

Grant of a separate state- Uttarakhand,Chattisgarh and Jharkhand in 2000.Autonomous councilInclusion of the language in the EighthSchedule as in the case of BodosSpecial provisions for certain regionsin a State which are underdeveloped-Art. 371(2) for Gujarat andMaharashtra.Constitutional establishment of thelocal self government institutions




(73rd and 74th Amendment Acts in1992).

Regionalism as seen in Tamil Nadu,Andhra Pradesh, Assam and elsewhere has theeffect of stabilizing the polity with the followingcontributions

Ensuring that the regional feeling ofneglect does not degenerate intoseparatismChecking the centralization tendencyand help the states receive more

powers and thus develop cooperativefederalismContribute to better management ofcultural diversities through

devolution of powersGreater proximity of the governmentto the people and thus help evolveparticipative planning systems.




1. Consider the following statements.1) The significance of the use of the

expression Union of State instead ofthe expression Federation of state ismainly because.

2) Though the country is divided intodifferent states, the country is oneintegral whole.

3) At the time of the constituent assemblydebate, that time India was already aunion.

Which of the above statement is / arecorrect.

a) 1 only b) 2 onlyc) Both 1 & 2 d) Neither 1 nor 2

2. Which of the statements is incorrect.a) To form a new state, the relevant Bill

may be introduced in either hosue ofParliament only on the recommen-dation of the the President.

b) To form of a new state, the relevant Billcan only be introduced in the Lok Sabha,with the recommendation of thePresident.

c) To form a new state the relevant Billcan only be introduced in the RajyaSabha with the recommendation of thePresident.

d) To form a new state, President srecommendation is not required.

3. Consider the following statements.1) To form a new state, the opinion of the

state legislature is not binding on thePresident.

2) To form a new state, the opinion of thestate legislature is binding on thePresident.

3) To form a new state, the Bill needs tobe passed by the Parliament by a simplemajority.

4) To form a new state, the Bill needs tobe passed by the Parliament by aSpecial Majority.

Which of the above statement is / arecorrect.

a) 1 only b) 1 & 3 onlyc) 2 only d) 1 & 4 only

4. Consider the following statements.1) Puducherry was a former French

Colony.2) It consists of four regions - Poducherry,

Karaikal (Tamil Nadu), Mahe (Kerala),& Yanam (Andhra Pradesh).

3) After 36th Constitutional AmendmentAct in 1975, Sikkim became the 22ndstate of the Indian Union.

4) In 1963 Puducherry became a UnionTerritory.

Which of the above statements is incorrect.a) 2 only b) 3 onlyc) 4 only d) None of the above

5. Which of the given statements is incorrect.a) Dhar Commission was set up by the

President of the Indian ConstituentAssembly in 1948 to consider thequestion of reorganization of states inIndia.

b) Dhar Commission favoured re-organi-zation of states on the basis of language.

c) The government in 1948 set up a highlevel committee called linguisticprovinces committee. Consisting ofNehru, Pate & Sitarammaiah toconsider the Dhar Commission srecommendation.

Questions




d) Andhra Pradesh became the first statewhich was formed on basis of language.

6. Consider the following statements. Thestate re-organization commission (1953)that included Fazal Ali, KM Panikkar &HN Kunzru, laid down soem criteria foraccepting the demand by a region for theformation of a state are:-1) Formation of a new state must

strengthen preserve national unity.2) State are to be formed on the basis of

linguistice & cultural unity.3) Financial, Administrative & economic

viability must be considered.4) It should aid the proces of imple-

mentation of five years plan.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.

a) 1 only b) 1 & 4 onlyc) 1, 2 & 4 only d) All of the above

7. In India the reorganisation of state on thebasis of linguistic basis is useful mainlybecause:-1) It should administrative efficiency,

greater citizen convenience, effectivemanagement of diversities & thusstrengthening the federal system ofgovernance.

2) It prevents fissiparous tendencies likeseparation & disintegration.

Which of the above statements is incorrect.a) 1 only b) 2 onlyc) Both 1 & 2 d) Neither 1 nor 2

8. What is Gentlemen s agreement?a) In 1956 this agreement provided

reassurances to the Bodo people ineducation, jobs & ministerial berths.

b) In 1956 this agreement providedreassurances to the Telangana peoplein education, jobs & ministerial berths.

c) This was a agreement with the Franceto get back Puducherry.

d) It was an agreement by which Telugu -speaking areas were separated from theformer Madras states.

9. Recently the demand for statehood hasincrease manifold, because of:1) Development deficit.2) Population explosion.3) Cultural identities.4) Political parties.Which of the above reason / reasons areresponsible.

a) 1 only b) 1, 3 & 4 onlyc) 1, 2 & 4 only d) 1, 2, 3 & 4 only

10.The feelings of Regionalism arises dueto:1) Collective feeling of neglect.2) Economic backwardness.3) Their resources are being spent on

others.4) The state is too large for them to be

given adequate attention indevelopment.

Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.

a) 1 & 2 only b) 2 & 3 onlyc) 1, 2 & 3 only d) All of the above

Answers1. c 2. a 3. c 4. d 5. b 6. d 7. c 8. b 9. d 10. d




RIVER WATER DISPUTES INDIA

Ques. 1 : Write a short notes on theconstitutional provisions for River Waterdisputes in India?

Ans. The Seventh Schedule to theConstitution contains the legislative powers offederal and state governments. Water is a statesubject and is included as entry 17 in list 2(i.e., subject matters for slate legislation). Thisentry reads: Water, that is to say, watersupplies, Irrigation and canals, drainage andembankments, water storage and water powersubject to the provisions of Entry 56 of List 1 .The role of federal government is stipulated inentry 56 of List 1: Regulation and developmentof inter-State rivers and river valleys to theextent to which such regulation anddevelopment under the control of the Union isdeclared b Parliament by law to be expedientin the public interest .

When a Water dispute arises between twoor more state governments, the following is theprocedure to resolve the same:

Article 262 of the constitution empowersthe Parliament to make laws for theadjudication of inter-state water disputes. Thatarticle also permits the Parliament to excludesuch disputes from being referred to theSupreme Court.

The Inter States Water Disputes (ISWD) Act,1956, was enacted by the Parliament to dealwith inter-state water disputes. Governmentof India can set up a tribunal to settle such a

dispute when one or more riparian states ofan inter-state is/are of the opinion that theirinterests are (or are likely to be) affected byactions or plans of other states, they canrequest the government of India to constitutea tribunal under the Act. Within on year ofreceiving such a request and when convincedthat such dispute cannot be resolved throughnegotiations, the government of India shallconstitute a tribunal to hear the disputesconcerning claims of water sharing andadjudicate an award. Such a tribunal shouldhave three members who should be judges ofthe supreme court or the high court and areappointed by the Chief Justice of India; thegovernment of India can appoint up to twoassessors to assist the tribunal; afterconsidering all the aspects as may benecessary, the tribunal gives its report to thegovernment of India; if the riparian states orthe government of India need any clarification,they can apply seeking such clarification fromthe tribunal within 90 days; the tribunal maygive further clarifications. Then the report,called award, is published by the governmentof India in the official gazette. Once it ispublished, the award is binding on all the.Parties and it is deemed equivalent to an orderor decree of the Supreme Court. The act alsoempowers the central government to makeschemes and constitute an authority toimplement the tribunal s award.

So far, five Inter-state water disputestribunals have been constituted




Krishna Water Disputes Tribunal(1969- 1976)Narmada Water Disputes Tribunal(1969- 1979)Godavari Water Disputes Tribunal(1969- 1980)Ravi and fleas Waters Tribunal (1986and report is still to be submitted)Cauvery Water Disputes Tribunal(1990-2007).

Ü Changes in the 1956 Act madein 2002 by Parliament

The fo1lowing provisions were introducedthrough an amendment to the 1956 Act in 2002

the limit of one year from the date ofreceipt of a request by government ofIndia to constitution of a tribunalthe requirement for the tribunal to giveits award within three years (with aprovision that government of India canextend this by another two years)the provision for central governmentto appoint two assessors to assist thetribunal.

¨ RIVER BOARDS ACT, 1956In order to promote integrated and optimum

development of waters of inter-state river andriver valleys, under Entry 56 of List-I of theConstitution (Union List), Parliament enactedthe River Boards Act, 1956. The Actcontemplated the appointment of river boardsby the central government in consultation withthe state governments. These boards areexpected to promote development of irrigation,drainage, water supply, flood control and hydro-electric power.

Ques. 2 : Briefly discuss the CauveryWater dispute?

Ans. The Cauvery Water Disputes

Tribunal s final verdict has granted Tamil Nadu419 thousand million cubic feet (tmcft) of waterout of the 740 tmcft in the river basin, thoughthe actual release from Karnataka to TamilNadu will be on1y 192 tmcft annually.

Karnataka, which was allocated 270 tmcftof the water, has decided to file a review petitionbefore the same panel. Kerala is granted 30tmcft Puducherry, the fourth riparian state (UT)has been granted seven tmcft of water out ofthe 192 for Tamil Nadu.

The tribunal was constituted in 1990 andhad given an interim order allocating 205 tmcftof water to Tamil Nadu in 1991. The final orderwould supersede the agreements of 1892 and1924 between the then governments Madrasand Mysore.

The tribunal ordered that Karnataka shouldmake monthly deliveries out of the 192 tmcftto Tamil Nadu (luring a normal year at theinter-state point identified as Billigundlugauge.

The process of water sharing would beoverseen by a regulatory authority which shallmonitor the working of the schedule with thehelp of the states concerned and the CentralWater Commission for live years. In ease theyield of the Cauvery basin is less in a distressyear, the allocated sharps shall beproportionately reduced among the four states.Out of the quantum of 192 tmcft of water, tentmcft has been allocated for environmentalpurposes.

Tribunal has gone on the basis of 50 percent dependability, and determined theavailability of water at 740 tmc ft. Fifty per centdependability means that 740 tmc ft will occurin 50 out of 100 years, or in one out of two years.

Out of the 740 tmc ft, they have allocated419 tmc ft to Tamil Nadu. The shares forKarnataka, Kerala and Puduchery have been




determined as 270 tmc ft, 30 tmc ft and 7 tmcft respectively. The river must have somewater so they have kept 14 tmc ft unallocated,10 for environmental purposes and 4 forinevitable escapages into the sea.

The Tribunal was set up under the Inter-State Water Disputes Act [ISWD], 1956. ThatAct had been passed under Article 262 of theConstitution, which specifically empowersParliament to enact legislation for adjudicationpurpose.

The award is a judicial decision, which isbinding. The original Act of 1956 had said thatthe award will be final and binding. That wasamended in 2002 to say that it will have theforce of the order of the Supreme Court. Thereis no appeal against the award in the SupremeCourt. Jurisdiction of the courts, including thatof the Supreme Court, is barred under the Actunder the express provisions &f theConstitution. Once a dispute is referred to atribunal set up under the ISWD Act, no courthas any jurisdiction. Cases have been going tothe Supreme Court on matters other than thatof water allocation. Earlier, Tamil Nadu wantedinterim relief. So, the question whether theTribunal had the authority to grant interimrelief was decided by the Supreme Court.

In the Narmada case, the Supreme Courtdid not deal with the ward of the Tribunal butthe environmental and rehabilitation question.

The basin of Cauvery (the Ganga of South)covers the major parts of Karnataka and TamilNadu, a small part of Kerala and at its very endKaraikal, a part of the Union Territory ofPondicherry. The main fight, however, hasbeen between Karnataka, where the riveroriginates and Tamil Nadu, through which itpasses. The dispute over the sharing ofCauvery water came up in the 19th century-between the Maas Presidency in British Indiaand the princely state of Mysore.

The essence of the Cauvery dispute is thatTamil Nadu is the lower riparian state and isvulnerable on that count. Further, has usedCauvery waters for irrigation extensively.Karnataka on the other hand has theadvantage of being the upper riparian state.However, its use of Cauvery waters is of recentrogin but is rapidly making up. The norm isthat a state gets waters from the tribunal onthe basis of how much it is using- irrigationetc. The more a state is using, the more getsto protect the same. Karnataka loses on thiscount.

Tamil Nadu farmers took the dispute to theSupreme Court and sought assured irrigationwater from Cauvery. The Supreme Courtordered the Central government to establish atribunal (Mandamus) and the Cauvery WaterTribunal was set up in 1990.

In 1991 the Tribunal passed an interimaward pending the final award. It ordered thatKarnataka should release annually, an amountof 205 tmc feet Thousand million cubic feet) ofCauvery water to Tamil Nadu, of which 6tmcfeet should go to Pondicherry.

As Karnataka questioned the competenceof the Tribunal to give an interim award, centralgovernment made a reference to the SupremeCourt for advice (Art. 143). The Supreme Courtupheld the IO and said that it should be notifiedand is binding on the parties.

The final order was given in 2007.The Cauvery Water Disputes Tribunal s

final verdict (2007) granted Tamil Nadu 419thousand million cubic feet (tmcft) of water outof the 740 tmcft in the river basin, though theactual release from Karnataka to Tamil Naduwill be only 192 tmcft annually.

Karnataka, which was allocated 270 tmcftof the water, was not satisfied and filed a reviewpetition before the panel.

Kerala is granted 30 tmcft




Puducherry, the fourth riparian state (UT)his has granted seven tmcft of water out of the192 for Tamil Nadu.

The tribunal ordered that Karnataka shouldmake monthly deliveries out of the 192 tmcftto Tamil Nadu during a normal year at theinter-state point identified as Billigundlugauge.

The process of water sharing would beoverseen by a regulatory authority which shallmonitor with the help of the states concernedand the Central Water Commission for fiveyears. In case the yield of the Cauvery basin isless in a distress year, the allocated sharesshall be proportionately reduced among the fourstates.

Out of the quantum of 192 tmcft of water,ten tmcft has been allocated for environmentalpurposes.

Tribunal has gone on the basis of 50 percent dependability, and determined theavailability of water at 740 tmc ft. Fifty per centdependability means that 740 tmc ft will occurin 50 out of 100 years, or in one out of two years.

The entire water of the river can not beused. It must have some water. Therefore, 14tmc ft is unallocated, 10 for environmentalpurposes and 4 for escapages into the sea.

The award is a judicial order and is binding.The original Act of 1956 was amended in 2002to say that it will have the force of the order ofthe Supreme Court. Jurisdiction of the courts,including that of the Supreme Court, is barredunder the Art. 262 and 1956 Act. Once adispute is referred to a tribunal set up underthe ISWD Art 1956, courts can not entertainany appeal. However, the apex court can admitappeals to clarify the verdict and to settlematters other than water allocation.

In the Narmada case, the Supreme Courtsettled issues related to environment andrehabilitation.

The parties to the dispute are given 90 daysappeal for review and clarification to the samepanel. With the notification of the award in thegazette, the Central government will dissolvethe Tribunal. Since the tribunal no longerexists, only the Apex Court can clarify on anyissue. Change in the order is not allowed.

Ques. 3 : Given an account of the Ravi BeasRiver Waters Dispute?

Ans. Punjab, Haryana and Rajasthan hadentered into an agreement in 1981 forallocating surplus water of the Ravi and Beasrivers to Haryana and Rajasthan.

Punjab Act also abrogated the YamunaAgreement of May 12, 1994 between Punjab,Haryana, Rajasthan, Himachal and Delhi andother accords.

The Punjab assembly in July 2004unanimously passed a bill terminating allagreements relating to the sharing of watersof the Ravi and Beas rivers with Haryana andRajasthan. Punjab Termination of AgreementsBill, 2004 was passed at a special session ofthe assembly.

While Punjab made the Act to save itsfarmers, the fact also remains that 2 lakhhectares of Haryana land will be damaged and6 Rajasthan districts may have a drinkingwater crisis; there is a likelihood of spilloveron Delhi.

Riparian States are Punjab and Jammu &Kashmir. Non-riparian States are Haryana,Rajasthan and Delhi.

Indus Waters Treaty was signed betweenIndia and Pakistan in 1960, under which waterof the Ravi, the Beas and the Sutlej the easternrivers were granted to India Rut the roots ofthe inter-State dispute began in 1966, whenthe Indian state of Punjab was reorganised. TheReorganisation Act says that Haryana has a




right on the-river waters of the undivided stateof Punjab.

In 1976, the Centre allotted water of theSutlej, the Ravi and the Beas to HaryanaPunjab challenged it in the Supreme Court asalso the relevant provisions of theReorganisation Act.

In 1981, the then Prime Minister, IndiraGandhi, convened a meeting of the ChiefMinisters of Punjab, Haryana and Rajasthanand brought through an agreement.

In 1982, construction of the Sutlej-YamunaLink (SYL) canal began.

In 1985 the then Prime Minister, RajivGandhi, and Sant Harchand Singh Longowal,signed the Punjab Accord that led to the settingup of tribunal headed by a Supreme Courtjudge.

In 1986, the Union Government set up atribunal to adjudicate the waters of Ravi andBeas rivers. The Eradi Tribunal in 1987, madeallocation of water to the non riparian States,Rajasthan, Haryana, and Delhi along with theriparian Punjab and Jammu and Kashmir.

Punjab sought review of the order by theTribunal. In 1999, Haryana moved theSupreme Court seeking construction of theSYL canal.

SC (2003) directed Punjab to complete theSYL. canal within one year. Punjab filed areview petition which was rejected. Apex courtdirected the Union Government to undertakethe construction through its agencies.

Following are the issues.Punjab has no right to unilaterallyterminate all treaties and accords aState Legislature can not nullify anotification issued by the CentralGovernment. The legality of the 1981agreement brought about by PrimeMinister Indira Gandhi can not be

questioned as both Punjab and Haryanawithdrew their petitions from theSupreme Court after the agreement.The accord between Prime MinisterRajiv Gandhi and Sant U.S. Longowalin 1985 is the basis for the setting upof the Tribunal.

Punjab has been asserting itsownership of Ravi-Beas waters hut ithas only use rights.

The argument that Rajasthan andHaryana have no riparian rights inrelation to the Ravi and the Beas iswrong. Haryana was earlier a part ofPunjab, and the State as a whole wasa riparian state in relation to the Raviand the Beas. This is a dispute relatingto allocation of river waters made inpursuance of a reorganisation ofStates. The share that India got of theIndus rivers was based on the casethat water was needed for the desertstate of Rajasthan. So, Rajasthan hasa claim on Ravi and Beas waters.

Ü Sutlej-Yamuna Link (SYL) CanalIt was proposed as a means of enabling

Haryana to utilise the allocation of Ravi-Beaswaters made to it. The canal remainsincomplete. Haryana has been going to courtover this. In 2002, the Supreme Court hadasked Punjab to construct its portion of theSutlej-Yamuna Link canal within one year.Later (2003) the apex court had asked theCentre to takeover the construction of thePunjab portion of the canal as the stategovernment showed reluctance to complete thework. It was in order to forestall this that Punjabterminated all past water agreements.

¨ GRIEVANCES

Punjab has also been arguing that theavailability of water has to be re-assessed; it is




less than earlier estimates. Haryana has asense of grievance at the non completion ofthe SYL canal. Rajasthan is worried about itsallocation not fully materialising Delhi isapprehensive not only about losing its smallallocation of 0.2 MAF (million acre feet) fromRavi-Beas, but even more about Haryanawithdrawing from the agreement on theYamuna. The important point is that none ofthe states requires as much water as they areprojecting if they can manage the water better.

Already, irrigation in Punjab and Haryanahas over the years resulted in a significantincidence of water-logging and salinity.

¨ ART. 143When the Termination Act of Punjab

Assembly was passed in 2004, the Presidentsought the opinion of the Supreme Court aboutits legality. The reference seeks the apexcourt s advisors opinion on whether the PunjabTermination of Agreement Act, 2004 isConstitutional and whether it is compatiblewith Inter-State Water Disputes Act, 1956,Punjab Reorganisation Act, 1966 and theNotification in 1976.




1. Consider the following statements.1) Article 262 of the constitution

empowers the state legislatures tomake laws for the adjudication of inter-state water dispute.

2) The inter state water Disputes Act 1956was enacted to deal with inter-statewater disputes.

3) The government of India constitute atribunal to hear the disputesconcerning claims of water sharing.

4) The members of tribunal are appointedby the Chief justices of India.

Which of the statement given above is /are correct.

a) 1, 3 & 4 only b) 1, 2 & 3 onlyc) 2, 3 & 4 only d) All of the above

2. Which of the following Inter-state waterdisputes tribunals is not correct.a) Krishna Water Disputes Tribunal

(1969-1976).b) Narmada Water Disputes Tribunal

(1969-1979).c) Tung Bhadra Water Dispute Tribunal

(1979-1984).d) Cauvery Water Disputes Tribunal

(1990-2007).

3. Consider the following statements.1) Indus Water treaty was signed between

India and Pakistan in 1960.2) Cauvery Water Dispute are between

Tamil Nadu & Kerala.3) The River Boards Act provides for the

establishment of river boards for theregulation and development of Inter-state rivers.

Which of the statement given above is /are correct.

a) 1 & 3 only b) 2 & 3 onlyc) 3 only d) All of the above

4. Consider the following statements.1) Ravi Beas River Water Dispute between

Punjab & Delhi.2) In 1981 Punjab, Haryana & Rajasthan

had entered into Agreement forallocating surplus water of the Ravi andBeas river to Haryana and Rajasthan.

3) The Eradi Tribunal in 1987, madeallocation of water to the non reparianstates.

Which of the statements given above is /are correct.

a) 1 & 3 only b) 2 & 3 onlyc) 1, 2 & 3 only d) All of the above

1. c. Article 262 of the constitutionempowers the Parliament to make lawsfor Inter-state Water dispute.

2. c.

3. a. Cauvery water dispute are betweenTamil Nadu & karnataka.

4. b. Ravi Beas River Water Disputebetween Punjab, Haryana & Rajasthan.


Questions


SAMPLE MATERIAL OF

OUR STUDY KIT

PAPER I

SCIENCE &

TECHNOLOGY



Ques. 1 : Discuss in brief India s defencerequirements and aims of Indian defencepolicy?

Ans. India today is faced with an extensivedefence and security parameter - 14,103 km.of land borders including 7,000 km of borderwith countries with which major territorialdisputes still persist (Pakistan and China), acoastline of over 7000 km. and exclusiveeconomic zone of 2.5 million sq. km. to protect.The land defence parameter spans some of theworld's most difficult terrain including themighty Himalayas. Moreover, presence of anever-hostile neighbour and the menace ofterrorism require a comprehensive approachto security. In this scenario, the securitychallenges confronting the country need to berevamped to a desired level of militarypreparedness to deter both external attacks andinternal extremism, so that peace, stability andgrowth can be sustained.

Application of science and technology playsa vital role in determining the defencecapabilities of a country which is critical inkeeping the morale of the armed forces. India'sdefence policy aims at promoting andsustaining durable peace in the subcontinent,while at the same time equipping the defenceforces adequately to safeguard against anyaggression. Its long term military and strategicaims have been defined as-

(i) Keeping the war machine i.e. thearmed forces well trained and ready

DEFENCE RESEARCH

to wage war at short notice.(ii) Having a wide industrial base and

infrastructure to support any longterm . insurgency or war when it isthrust upon us.

(iii) Avoidance of conflict by acquisition of-deterrents like nuclear weapons andtheir delivery systems (missiles etc.).

By its very nature and because of itssensitivity, defence is an area where it is wiseto develop self-reliance. Modern defencesystems are necessarily linked to scientificmanagement. S&T builds and develops thedefence hardware of a country and war anddefence have become increasinglyelectronically controlled. In this scenario, Indiahas also developed an impressive defenceinfrastructure, largely emphasising ontechnological advancement aimed atachievement of self-reliance.

Ques. 2 : Briefly discuss the role of DRDOin the national defence?

Ans. Defence Research and DevelopmentOrganisation (DRDO) was formed in 1958 byamalgamating Defence Science Organisationand some other technical developmentestablishments. A separate --department ofDefence Research and Development wasformed in 1980 which now administers DRDOand its 50 laboratories and establishments. Thedepartment of defence research anddevelopment formulates and executes plans for




scientific research, design and development inthe fields of relevance to national security,leading to the induction of new weapons,delivery systems, platform and otherequipments required by the armed forces. Italso functions as the nodal agency for theexecution of major development programmesof relevance to defence through integration ofresearch, development, testing and productionfacilities with the national scientificinstitutions, public sector undertakings andother agencies. It is involved in design anddevelopment of activities in a variety ofdisciplines such as aeronautics, armament,combat vehicles, rockets and missiles, navaltechnology, electronics and instrumentation,radars and electronic warfare, communication,robotics, artificial intelligence etc. It also playsan important role in other defence related aswell as application oriented fields such asterrain research, life sciences (including highaltitude agriculture, high altitude physiologyetc.), nuclear medicine, avalanche forecast andcontrol, food technology etc.

The research efforts of DRDO have broughtsignificant amount of success in various keyprojects. Its recent achievements include thesuccessful flights testing of various missilesystems under the Integrated Guided MissileDevelopment Programme. A sophisticated lowlevel warning radar INDRA has beensuccessfully developed and inducted into theservices. An indigenously designed, fullyautomated factory was set up the DRDO tomanufacture- Fin-Stabilised Armour. PiercingDiscarded Sabot (FSAPDS). The other notableachievements of DRDO have been - multibarrel rocket launch system PINAKA; mainbattle tank ARJUN; brick layer tank KARTIK;field guns Mk-I and Mk-II; flight stimulator foraircraft; air launched, rocket powered missiletargets; field artillery radar; communicationsystems; night vision devices; new family oflight weight Indian Small arms (INSAS); cluster

weapon system; illuminating ammunition forenhancing night fighting capabilities; advancedsonars; rockets for ship defence etc.

In addition, several high technologyprojects which include light combat aircraft(LCA); gas turbine engine; pilotless targetaircraft (PTA) are at various stages ofdevelopment with DROO. The PTA LAKSHYA, are-usable aerial target system remotelyoperated from ground is under limited serialproduction and induction. The first technologydemonstration flight of the LCA was flight testedin 2001. The other major programmes underprogress in, the current year are KAVERIengine for the LCA, various missiles under theIGMDP, multi barrel rocker system PINAKA andEW systems for the Army and Navy. Thesuccessful completion of these would greatlycontribute towards self-reliance in criticalareas of defence technologies.

Development of sea mines for use againstsubmarines and ships is in advanced stages.Upgraded version of the mine for underwaterwork by naval divers and frogmen has beendeveloped and has undergone trials by theNavy. Composite sonar and tactical weaponcontrol system PANCHENDRIYA for navy and amarine acoustic research shipSAGARDHWANI, which is indigenouslydesigned and built and is one of the mostsophisticated research ships have also beendeveloped.

The multi-span bridging system SARVATRAhas been accepted for induction in the serviceafter mobility, stability and manoeuvrability ofthe vehicle was proved.

A defence technology park is being set upin Bangalore to facilitate transfer oftechnologies by DRDO labs to the productionundertakings. This will result in indigenousproduction of high tech items needed by thearmed forces.




Research in health is being done in theareas of radio-immuniassay, radio- biology andbioengin-eering at the Institute of NuclearMedicine and Applied Sciences (INMAS), whilethe Defence Institute of Physiology and AlliedSciences carries out studies on high altitudeacclimatisation and devises methods forincreased fighting efficiency, safety andcomfort of the arrned forces.

The defence food laboratory has developedproducts, processes, preservatives andpackaging material so that suitable Indianpackaged food can be provided to the armedforces in difficult terrain.

Ques. 3 : Give a brief description of India sMissile development programme?

Ans. India's Missile developmentprogramme called Integrated Guided-MisslleDevelopment Programme (IGMDP) waslaunched in 1983. It was envisaged asambitions plan to take up simultaneously thedesign and development of five missiles whichwould provide the nation a ComprehensiveMissile-based Umbrella within 10 years. Indiadesired comprehensive and integratedcapabilities in missile systems because on onehand they have advantage of delivering higherpayload (warheads) beyond the range of combataircrafts, on other hand they are one-waydevices and there are no dangers or costsassociated with loss of a combat aircrafts.Moreover with their high speed, theirinterruption is also more difficult than combataircrafts.

The programme has following missilesystems to be designed, developed andoperationalised,

1. Tactical, short range surface tosurface (SSM) Missile - Prithvi.

2. Intermediate range Ballistic Missile(IRBM) - Agni

3. Short range Surface-to-Air (SAM)Missile - Trishul

4. Medium range SAM - Akash5. Anti-Tank Guided Missile - NAG

Ques. 4 : Discuss in brief the salient featuresof Prithvi Missile?Ans.PrithviFeatures

1. Surface to surface Missile.2. A tactical battlefield i.e. its role is

destroy critical enemy targets over ashort range of up to 250 km.

3. Can carry a 500 kg payload up to 250km or 1000 kg payload up to 150 km.

4. Can carry both conventional ornuclear warhead.

5. A vehicle based Missile, capable ofbeing towed to all kinds of terrains,has a short reaction time.

6. Has strap down inertial Navigationand is guided and controlled all theway to its target by on-board computer.It is extremely accurate.

7. Difficult to spot it or to trace itstrajectory and target because of itssupersonic speed and limited flighttime.

The Prithvi Missile comes in fourvariants:

Prithvi-l is a battlefield supportsystem for the army (range 150 km,1000 kg payload). It is a single stage,dual engine, liquid fuel, road-mobile,short-range surface-to-surfacemissile.Prithvi-II is dedicated to the IndianAir Force (range 250 km, 500-750 kg




payload). It is a single stage, dualengine, liquid fuel, road-mobile, short-range surface-to-surface missile.DRDO has decided to increase thepayload capability of the SS-250/Prithvi-1I variant to 1000 kg by usingboosted liquid propellant to generatehigher thrust-to-weight ratio.Prithvi-III is a solid fuelled versionwith a 350 km range and a 1000 kgpayload. It is a two stage solid fuelroad-mobile short-range surface-to-surface missile Sagarika and Prithvi-III are two different acronyms for thesame missile. A related program,known as Project K-15 is indevelopment and will enable themissile to be launched from asubmerged submarine.Dhanush (in Sanskrit/Hindi meansBow) is a system consisting of astabilisation platform (Bow) and theMissile (Arrow). The system can fireeither the SS-250 or the SS-350variants. There may likely be certaincustomisations in missileconfiguration to certify it for seaworthiness.

Ques. 5 : Briefly discuss the features andsignificanc of Agni Missile?ANS.AgniFeatures

1. Surface to surface Missile.2. An Intermediate Range Ballistic

Missile (IRBM). It is a Missile havinga re-entry capability i.e., it propelsitself out of the earth atmosphere andthen re-enters and falls to the surfaceof the earth. It takes elliptical

trajectory to cover long distances. Itis also called strategic Missile as itcan hit long-range targets.

3. Can carry payload of 500-1000 kg uptoa range of 1000 2500 km.

4. Can carry both conventional andnuclear warhead and thus bothbattlefield weapon and a deterrent.

5. It can be launched from land platformand mobile platform.

6. It was presented as technologydemonstrator for re-entry technology.

Progress1. Agni-1 having range of about 700 km

(and thus bridging the gap betweenPrithvi and Agni-II ) has beensuccessfully flight tested in July-August. 2004 and along with Agni-IIhave been accepted for induction inarmed forces.

2. Agni-II with range of 2500 km, andoperational capability of delivery ofone tonne payload, on its way to befully inducted into army. The Army israising an Agni Missile Group forthis purpose.

Significance of AgniThe success of Agni-1 and Agni-II

represents a quantum leap in India's strategiccapability. Only five other countries US,Russia, France, China and Israel have IRBMtechnology. Agni missile system is acornerstone of IGDMP. It has put India'scredible minimum nuclear deterrence (CMND)on firm footing. The Agni and its variants withproven re-entry, technology andmaneuverability had added punch to India'ssecond strike capability which is key pillar ofits no first use poling. Agni was seen as political




missile by the West and was interpreted as anattempt by India to move into ranks of Worldmilitary powers.

There is intense high technology workgoing on at the Defence Research andDevelopment laboratory (DRDL), the AdvancedSystems Laboratory (ASL), and the ResearchCentre Imarat (RCI), all located on DROOCampus. The scientists at the ASL arefuriously working on Agni-V, which will have arange of 5,000 km. Its design has beencompleted and development work is under way.The ASL is also preparing for a Night Trial ofAgni-III A. The missile will be an advancedversion of Agni-II, which has a range of morethan 2,500 km.

Ques. 6 : Give a brief description ofTrishul?ANS.TrishulFeatures

1. It is Surface-to-Air (SAM) Missile.2. It is an air defence weapon.3. Has a short range of up to 9 km.4. It has radar guided surveillance,

tracking and guidance mechanismfor accurate interception of targets.

5. It can be used by Army, Navy or AirForce to track, and target enemy aircrafts, sea-skimming missiles or lowflying targets respectively.

ProgressTrishul and Akash have been delayed on

account of snags in guidance and propulsiontechnologies.

During 2003-2004 seven consecutivesuccessful flight tests were conducted, amplydemonstrating accuracy of the guidancesystem.

The production version of launcher andradar vehicle 'Trishul Ground Electronics andRadar Vehicle' (TGERV) for Air Force has beenrealised. The TGERV has been upgraded andmaiden flights using this version have beensuccessfully carried out. The range of Trishulhas been enhanced for IAF requirements.

Due to-delays in Trishul programme, Navyis exploring alternative anti-missile system forits warships. It is considering 'BARAK' anti-missile system of Israel.

Ques. 7 : Briefly discuss the features ofAkash Missile?ANS.AkashFeatures

1. It is SAM.2. It is an multi-target air defence

weapon that can target 4-5 enemytargets at a time.

3. It has range of 25 km.4. It uses a command guidance from

ground radar system and on-boardprecision homing system.

5. It is integrated with indigenouslyproduced phased array radar calledRajendra.

6. It will be first Indian Missile Systemto use scramjet principle for itspropulsion i.e. using atmospheric airas one of combustion agents.

The Akash uses an integral ramjet rocketpropulsion system to give a low- volume, low-weight (700 kg launch weight) missileconfiguration, and has a low reaction time fromdetection to missile launch of 15 seconds. Thisallows the missile to carry a heavier warhead(60 kg). The solid-propellant booster accelerates




.the missile in 4.5 seconds to Mach 1.5, whichis then jettisoned and the ramjet motor is thenignited for 30 second to Mach 2.8 - 3.5 at 20g.Akash has a range of 27 km, with an effectiveceiling of 15 km. It is capable of detecting &destroying aircraft flying at tree-top height.Development is on to increase speed,maximum altitude and range-to 60 km. A dualmodel radar/infra-red seeker is also beingdeveloped as is a longer range version of theRajendra radar, to give earlier warning andtracking of ballistic missile targets.

Rajendra is 3D phased-array surveillance/engagement radar developed by the ElectronicResearch & Development Establishment(ERDE). Also mounted on a modified BMP-1chassis, like the Akash, the radar is capableof tracking 64 targets, engage 4 simultaneouslyand guide up to 12 missiles. The system isreportedly similar to the 30N6 (Flap-Lid B)engagement radar. Has air surveillance,multiple target tracking and multiple missileguidance functions via multi-channelmonopulse. Features fully digital , signalprocessing system \ with adaptive movingtarget indicator, coherent signal process, andvariable pulse repetition frequency.

Progress

So far 40 full flights test of Akash have beenconducted. It showed consistency during entireflight and travel to the far boundary asdemanded by Army and airforce. Consistentperformance of propulsion, control and guidancesystems has been demonstrated in last tenconsecutive flights.

Akash and Patriot Missile

It is believed that Akash Missile has betterfeatures than its US counterpart called. Patriot.Akash is totally mobile, can be launched frombattle tank. It has thrust during entire flight -propulsion will work till it hits the target. The

patriot has thrust only for 12 seconds. ButAkash has thrust for 35 seconds, it is lighterand more effective.

Ques. 8 : Give a brief description of Nag?

ANS.Nag

Features

1. It is an anti-tank missile.

2. It has range of 4-km.

3. It has fire and forgets capability, thetarget is sighted, it automaticallyaligns itself to the target.

4. It uses infrared imaging system forhaving on the target.

5. Launched from a tracked carrier orfrom a helicopter. It is capable ofpiercing the most sophisticated oftank armours:

Progress

1. There have been 44 test launches toconclusively establish performance ofthe target acquisition system.

2. Development of prototype ALH-Naglauncher has been completed.

Ques. 9 : Briefly discuss the features andadvantages of BRAHMOS?

ANS.BRAHMOS

It is world's best supersonic cruise missile,which has been developed by joint efforts ofIndian and Russian Scientists. This missileis the leader in the family of cruise missilesand is unique to fly at speed of 2.8 times the




speed of sound. It anti-ship missile with 300km. range and 300 kg payloads.

Cruise Missile: It is one that flies close tothe earth surface unlike ballistic missilewhich travels outside atmosphere and raisesit height and speed to supersonic levels as itapproaches the target.

BRAHMOS can be launched fromsubmarine, ship, aircraft and land based MobileAutonomous Launchers (MAL). The missile islaunched from a Transport-Launch Canister(TLC), which also acts as storage andtransportation container.

Primarily BRAHMOS is an anti-shipmissile. It has the capability to engage landbased targets also. The missile can be launchedeither in vertical or inclined position and willcover 360 degrees.

The BRAHMOS missile has identicalconfiguration for land, sea and sub seaplatforms. The air-launched version has asmaller booster and additional tail fins forstability during launch.

Features1 High Supersonic Velocity

2. Long flight range

3 Varieties of flight trajectories

4. Fire & Forget principle

5 Universal for multiple platforms

6. Low Radar Signature

7 Simplicity of technical operations

8. High lethal power

9. Higher effectiveness

Advantages:(1) Long flight range with supersonic

speed all through the flight.

(2) Shorter flight times leading to lowertarget dispersion and quickerengagement.

(3) Varieties of flight trajectories.

(4) 'Fire and forget' principle of operation.

(5) Higher destructive capability aided bythe large kinetic energy of impact.

(6) Higher effectiveness against shipdefences.

(7) Canister for transportation, storageand launch

Superiority of the BRAHMOS SupersonicAnti-ship Missile over a Subsonic Long RangeAnti-ship Missile

In Velocityby 3 timesIn flight range by 2.5-3 timesIn Seeker 3-4 times

Ques. 10 : Discuss in brief about Astra ?ANS.AstraFeatures

1. It air-to-air missile.

2. It is beyond visual range (BVR) classthat would be capable of beating radareyes and hitting enemy targets.Located up to range of 80km.

3. The missile can be launched afterreceiving a signal from the far awaytarget and, it will seek and home is,using a complex-range of on-boardmanoeuvres based on radiofrequency.

4. It would be interfaced with LCA.

Project ProgressThe Union Government has cleared the

futuristic project, which will be guided and led




by Hyderabad based Defence Research andDevelopment Laboratory (DRDL).

It is Rs.1,000 crore National project. EachAstra Missile would cost Rs. 3-5 crore.

It would be high-end tactical missile.Several other PSU's like HAL, ECIL and someprivate companies are involved in this project.

Project Astra signals a continuem in two-decade old Integrated Guided MissileDevelopment Programme. The Indian MissileProgramme is now confident of delivering aquality missile to the stringent requirementsof the user and there was no need to look forimports. Indigenous missile are cheaper, easilymaintained, can be technologically upgraded.

Encouraged by technical and systemsintegration expertise, the laboratory isconfident that missile will be developed in sixyears.

Ques. 11 : Give a brief description ofShourya Missile?ANS.

SHOURYA: Shourya is a supersonicmissile, it can reach a velocity of Mach 6 (sixtimes the speed of sound) even at low attitudes.

Features:It is surface-to-surface missile.

It can reach targets 790 km. away.

It can carry both conventional andnuclear warheads.

It is 10 metres long and 74 cm indiameter and weighs 6:2 tonnes.

It is a two-stage missile and both itsstages are powered by solidpropellants.

Its flight time is 500 seconds to 700seconds.

It can easily be transported by road.

The missile, encashed in a canister, inmounted on a single vehicle, which has only adriver's cabin, and the vehicle itself is thelaunch platform. This "single vehicle solution"reduces its signature - it cannot be easilyde tected by satellites and makes itsdeployment easy.

The centre-piece of a host of newtechnologies incorporated in shourya is its ring-laser gyroscope and accelerometer. The ring-laser gyroscope, a sophisticated navigation andguidance system made, by RCI, is highlyclassified technology. Advanced countries havedenied this technology to India. In, Shourya'sflight it functions exceptionally well. Its job isto monitor the missile's position in space whenit is flying. The missile's onboard computer willuse this information on the missile's actualposition to compare it with the desired position.Based on the difference between the missile'sactual and desired positions, the computer willdecide on the optimum path and actuators willcommand the missile to fly in its desired/targeted position.

If one were to strike a comparison, themissile is akin to a human body, with thegyroscope acting like the eyes, the computerlike the brain and the actuators like the hands.

Another important feature of the missileis that it has a trajectory that is non-ballistic.This gives Shourya a big advantage in a combatenvironment of interception by a ballisticmissile defence shield.

What has focussed attention on Shourya isthat it is a land variant of the DRDO's K-15missile launched from under water. Therehave been several launches of the K-15 missile,coming under the Sagarika project. The last ofthese took place in February 2008 from asubmerged pontoon. The launch simulated theconditions of a submarine.




Although hypersonic missiles fly at highaltitudes, what makes Shourya different is thatit can fly at low altitudes. For instance, Agnivariants flew at 100 km, 200 km or 500 kmaltitudes, reaching even Mach 15. But Shouryaflies at a relatively low altitude, even-reachingMach 6. This is the crux of the matter in termsof technology development.First successful testof surface-to-surface Shourya missile wasconducted from Integrated Test Range atChandipur on sea near Balasore in Orissa inNovember 2008.

Ques. 12 : Give a brief description ofLAKSHYA ?

ANS.Lakshya: A Pilotless Target Aircraft (PTA)

has an aerial target system remotely operatedfrom ground to provide aerial target for trainingof gun and missile crew to air defence pilotsfor training of all the three services. More than50 flights of Lakshya have been conducted, ithas been inducted in all three-services.

Ques. 13 : Give an account of the MBT-Arjun?

ANS.MBT -Arjun: Main Battle Tank (MBT) Arjun

is indigenously designed and developed battletank conceived in 1974 and the responsibilityof design and development was entrusted toDRDO and CVRDE-Combat Vehicle Researchand Development Establishment-Avadi-Chennai.Features

1. The 58.5 tonnes tank with state-of-the-art technology, superior fire powermobility and weapon systems is ratedamong the top three MBT's in-theworld.

2. Has a top speed of 70 kmph and easymobility in difficult terrains.

3. Sophisticated weapon system withnight vision facility, laser rangefinder and infrared imaging system.

4. Its 120 mm gun with newly developedsuper velocity Fin-Stabilised Armour.Piercing Discarding Sabot (FSAPDS)ammunition has formidable firepower.

5. . It has tough armour platingcomposites- called KANCHAN,successfully developed indigenouslywhich is able to resist anti-tankmissiles.

It was dedicated to nation in 1996. HeavyVehicle Factory (HVF) Avadi, has produced anddelivered 36 MBTs out of the 124 ordered underguidance of CVRDE.

Transfer of technology is at an advancedstage. GPS navigation system has beenincorporated in ARJUN.

Ques. 14 : Give an account of Ajeya (CIA)Tanks?ANS.

Combat Improved Ajeya (CIA) Tanks:Ajeya, the Indian-built T-72 M-1 Tank, is themainstay of Indian Armoured Corps. CIA is amodernised version of Ajeya incorporatingadvanced fire control system, enhancedmobility and protection. It is modernised to bein line with contemporary combatrequirements.

About 40 CIA Ajeya tanks, fitted withexplosive reactive armour (ERA) for enhancedprotection and accurate GPS navigation systemhave rolled out of HVF Avadi.

Ques. 15 : Briefly discuss the features ofSAMYUKTA ?




ANS.SAMYUKTA-ELECTRONIC WARFARE PRO-GRAMME FOR ARMY

Features:1. This system is uniquely configured

for the frequencies from highfrequency to Millimetre wave forreconnaissance, direction finding andposition fixing prioritising andjamming of adversaries emissions.

2. It is capable of handling both groundbased and airborne threats. It has thecapability to intercept, detect, search,identify and locate complexcommunication and radar signals. Itmonitors communication and radaractivity across Forward Edge of theBattle Area (FEBA). It has operationalfrontal coverage of 150/171 km:

Samyukta was inducted in Army inJanuary 2004. It was a joint ventureundertaken by Defence Electronics ResearchLab (DERL) in consortium with the agencies.With this achievement India has joined selectband on nations which posses this kind of worldclass system.

Significance: In view of our Doctrine of nofirst use , it is essential to synchronise thethree electronic warfare (EW) system of Army(Samyukta), Navy EW(Sanghraha) an AirforceEW (Tempest):

It is a major step towards future electronictechnologies. It will be used in the area ofstrategic electronics, strategic aeronautics andstrategic astronautics. All these technologieswould be for dual purpose. They willconcurrently serve the needs of economicdevelopment of country.

Samyukta is the largest electronic projectof DRDO. It would consist of 14 vehicles of fire

blocks, three communication and two non-communication segments. A few countriespossess such a sophisticated system, it impliesthat country can dominate the electro-magnetic spectrum during a battle.

Ques. 16 : Discuss in brief the features ofChetak

ANS.Chetak

1. Multipurpose helicopter used both forcivilian and military applications.

2. Multi-role, seven seated,manoeuvrable and well suited to flyingin tropic, and desert conditions.

3. Used in communication, Rescue,Survey, Cargo, Transport and combat.

4. Armed with terpedos, missiles usedin anti-submarine and anti-tankwarfare.

5. Instart start capability-take off to lessthan a minute.

6. Speed 185 kmph - range of 500 km.

Ques. 17 : Discuss in brief the featurs ofLancer?ANS.Lancer

1. Light attack helicopter, as costeffective airmobile weapon system.

2. Optimised for anti-insurgencyoperations, support, suppression offire, destruction of machine-gunpositions.

3. carries two jettisonable combinationof gun-cum rocket pods on both sides.




Ques. 18 : Briefly discuss about Dhruv-ALH?ANS.Dhruv (Advanced Light Helicopter -ALH)

1. The ALH is multi-role, helicopter in5.5 ton class, fully designed anddeveloped by HAL, serial productionstarted in 2000-01.

2. Designed to perform both utility andattack roles.

3. Twin-engine configuration it allowscontinued flight virtually though outthe flight envelope.

4. Makes good use of composites, highcorrosion resistance, and high fatiguelife.

Ques. 19 : Discuss in brief the features ofChetan?ANS.Chetan

1. Re-engined and upgraded chetakhelicopter.

2. Chetan project specially for highaltitude landing.

3. It created record by landing at heightof 21,300 feet

4. Earlier Chetak was restricted to10,000 feet only, now new vistas fortroops in adverse conditions.

5. Large cabin space, suited for siachinoperation.

Ques. 20 : Briefly discuss the features andsignificance of Light Combat Aircraft(LCA)?

Ans. LCA is indigenous fighter aircraftunder development once developed it will oneof lightest and smallest aircraft of the world. It

is India's attempt to build a multi-role, fly by-wive, supersonic, battlefront aircraft. It willhave advanced technologies such as fibre glasscockpit, higher percentage of composites in itsairframe structure, more advanced controlsystem which makes the aircraft amenable tonewer configuration and compensate for pilot'serror by ensuring that airplane stays withinits flyable parameters.

LCA project was launched in 1983. TheAeronautical Development Agency (ADA) wascreated in 1984: based in Bangalore to managethis project. It also looks after overall designand development of aircraft. Gas TurbineResearch Establishment (GTRE) at Bangaloremanufactures 'Kaveri' engine for LCA.

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PROJECT

The IAF (Indian Air Force) needs aneffective fighter capable of theatre air defenceand close air support of ground operations - amodern MIG-21 that could use for at least acouple of decades. A long life of aircraft impliesthat the aircraft should not only be modernwhen it enters the service, but also be suitablefor periodic upgrades. The LCA fits the bill onboth counts.

It is small and uses advanced compositesextensively, making for low observability. It isextremely manoeuvrable and comes withmodern aviomics. Secondly, and mostimportantly, indigenous development meansthat all design know-how and know-why isavailable when it needs to be upgraded oradapted to meet new needs. The LCA would bean effective complement to the large andexpensive Sukhoi-30 which is designed to belong range strike and air superiority fightercapable of taking on all comers.

TECHNICAL PROGRESS

The relatively successful maiden flight ofprototype vehicle or PV-2 of the Light CombatAircraft (LCA) Tejas on December 1, 2005 was




milestone of success in the AeronauticalDevelopment Agency driven RS.5,500 crore, 22year old project.

Since LCA rolled out in 1995, the ADA hasbeen able to fly just four aircrafts.

Technical Demonstrator-1 (TD-1),Technical Demonstrator-2 (TD-2), PrototypeVehicle-1 (PV-1) and latest Prototype Vehicle-2(PV-2). The full operationalisation of the fourthgeneration combat Aircraft, to replace theageing MIG-21 fleet with IAF is not expectedfor another 10 years .

Alternatives being considered by IAF forLCA

The LCA project has been criticised for thelong delay and cost overrun. It has failed toproduce results, though launched in 1983,

By 2020 the IAF will need major fleetreplenishments. Keeping in mind, the force-level requirements IAF has called for Requestsfor Proposals (RFP) for purchase of 126 lightweight tactical fighters. The RFP's were sentto Russia's RSIS MIG Corporation for MIG-29s,Sweden's 5MB (for the JAS-39C Gripen), FranceDassault (for Mirage 2006- 5 MK2) and USLockheed Martin with regard to F-16. India isalso planning to be an equal partner with Russiain- the development of fifth generation aircraft.

Ques. 21 : What is Chemical Weapon?Ans. Chemicals Weapons : The first

experience of weapons of mass destruction orchemical/Biological warfare came intoexistence in 1915 on the western front, whenthe German soldiers released liquid chlorinefrom a number of pressurised cylinders. Sincethen chemical weapons have been outlawed.

One instance of massive chemical weaponuse is in the Vietnam war, where Americadropped defoliating "agent orange" as well asNaplam, inflicting irreversible damage to thevegetation, atmosphere and people. The use of

chemical weaponry in Vietnam resultedstunted growth of both children and vegetation.Another major deployment of the chemicalweapons was during the Gulf War. But thereare lots of easily accessible chemicals that arecapable of inflicting a great deal of terror. Someof them are blister, blood choking and nerveagents, the latter that include Sarin and VX,are the most lethal ones.

Commercial Employment ofChemical-Weapons Precursors

Type of Commercial UsechemicalagentMustard Lubricant additives; ball-pointGas pen ink;

Phogographic -develop ingsolution;Cosmetics; detergents; insecti-cides;Pharmaceuticals; dye manu-facture.

Tabun Plasticisers; petrol additives;missile fuels;vulcanisation of rubber;extraction of gold and silverfrom their ores.

Sarin Flame retardants; petroladditives;

Soman point solvent; ceramics;antiseptics

VX Organic synthesis;insecticides; lubricating-oiladditives; pyro-technics.

Ques. 22 : Give an account of the ChemicalWeapon convention?

Ans. Chemical Weapons Convention(CWC). It is by far the most comprehensive andambitious global regime to deter chemical




warfare. It came into effect from April 29, 1997.The convention strictly prohibits development,stockpiling, and use of chemical weapons andsubsequently also calls for their destruction.The convention has a wider sphere of coverage,it includes chemical weapons as well as theirinput and intermediate items. Thus, theregime applies to a number of chemicals ofregular commercial usage for peacefulpurposes.

The participating states are required tomake annual declaration to the CentralSecretariat at The Hague on (i) production; (ii)capacity; (iii) factory location; (iv) other -detailsof their chemical stockpile. The treatycategorically bans signatories from helpingThird World countries to develop ormanufacture chemical weapons. The treatycovers new ground by incorporating the clauseof challenge inspections, which will belaunched at short notice to investigatechallenge of cheating at commercial as wellas government sites.

Ques. 23 : What is Bio-weapon?

Ans. Bio-Weapon : Biological weapons goback at least to medieval times, whichbesieging armies tossed plague-infectedcorpses over city walls in an effort to spreaddisease. Modern biological agents are far morelethal than even the most toxic chemicalagents, though their effects can take days toappear. This makes them ideal terror weaponsagainst civilians. But they are harder to useeffectively.

A terrorist would need to find the rightlethal strain of a bacterium, such as anthraxor plague, and maintain its purity and virulencethrough processing, loading into weapons anddispersal. Since such organisms need topenetrate deep into the lungs, they must bedispersed in a fine spray. An exploding warhead

can do that, but would also destroy much of theagent. The most deadly biological agent issmallpox. This is virus rather than abacterium; there are only two officialrepositories of it located in America and Russia.But even others can hold illicit, secret stocks.The terrorists may be afraid of using it becauseit honours no territorial limits, spreads freelyin the air and in all directions.

Poisons manufactured by bacteria, such asbotulinum toxin, may be more suitable toterrorism. These are in effect chemicalweapons of biological origin which makes themeasier to handle. They kill immediately, ratherthan by growing inside the victim.

The miniaturisation technology requiredto deliver a small nuclear bomb would be beyondmost terrorist-groups. Radiological weapons arenot: by shrouding a core of conventionalexplosive in plenty of radioactive material,contamination could be spread over a widearea. Though it would need heavy leadshielding during transport, such a, device couldeasily be stashed in a truck, or even in asuitcase.

Ques. 24 : Give an account of the Biologicalweapon convention?

Ans. Biological Weapon Convention(8WC) : The Bioloqical Weapons Convention(8WC) was signed in April 1972 at London,Moscow and Washington. It come into force onMarch 26, 1975.

The Convention aims at prohibiting thedevelopment, production, and stockpiling ofbacteriological (biological) weapons. It alsoseeks to eliminate them completely, Thesignatory states are bound not to produce oracquire or retain microbial or other biologicalagents or toxins for use in an armed conflict.The states are also to destroy or divert to




peaceful purposes, all agents, toxins, weapons,equipments and means of delivery within ninemonths of the enforcement of the Convention.

Ques. 25 : What are Primary explosives?

Ans. Primary explosives: They areextremely sensitive to heat. It includes leadazide, lead styphnate, and mercury fulminate.They are chiefly used in devices calleddetonators to set off other explosives Detonatoris a small metal or plastic capsule that containsan easily employable charge. It is used todetonate (set off) larger explosive charges, suchas dynamite, mines, and bombs. It contains aheat - sensitive priming charge, such as leadazide, and a base charge.

Ques. 26 : What are High explosives?

Ans. High explosives: It is more powerfulthan primary explosives but are less sensitive.Common types of high - explosives includenitroglycerin; RDX; TNT; PETN; and pentolite,a combination of TNT and PETN.

(a) Pentaerythritol Tetranitrate (PETN) isan explosive more powerful than TNT.It is used as the core of detonatingcaps and fuses because it is capableof exploding in small devices. Thecombination of PETN and TNT is

called pentoute Doctors also use PETNin treating certain heart disorders.

(b) Trinitrotoluene (TNT) is a powerfulsolid explosive. TNT is made up of the-chemical elements nitrogen,hydrogen, carbon, and oxygen. Theexplosive is made by nitrating thechemical compound toluene. TNT isused alone and in mixtures withother explosives, such as PETN, RDX,and ammonium nitrate.

(c) RDX is known as cyclonite andhexagon. It is made by the action ofnitric acid on hexamethylene-tetramine, a product of formaldehydeand ammonia. When RDX is mixedwith liquid TNT, an explosive calledComposition B is formed. Thisexplosive is more powerful than TNT,and has replaced it in most artilleryshell.

Ques. 27 : What are Low explosives?

Ans. Low explosives deflagrate burn rapidlyrather than detonate. The most common typeof low explosive is gunpowder. It serves as apropellant to shoot ammunition from guns andother weapons. Fireworks are also lowexplosives.




1. Consider the following statements:1) Defence Research and Developmnt

organisation (DRDO) was formed in1952.

2) The Department of Defence Researchand Development was formed in 1980.



2. Consider the following statements.1) PANCHENDRIYA is a composite sonar

and tactical weapon control system fornavy.

2) SAGARDHWANI is a marine acousticresearch ship.


a) 1 only b) 2 only

c) Both 1 & 2 d) Neither 1 nor 23. Consider the following statements:

1) India s Missle Development Programme(IGMDP) was launched in 1993.

2) It was envisaged as ambitions plan totake up simultaneously the design anddevelopment of five missles whichwould provide the nation acomprehensive missle-based umbrellawithin 10 years.


a) 1 only b) 2 only

c) Both 1 & 2 d) Neither 1 nor 2

4. Consider the following statements aboutthe Prithvi Missile.1) It can carry a 500 kg payload up to 250

km 1000 kg payload up to 150 km.2) It can carry only conventional warhead.3) Its a surface to surface missle.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.

a) 1 & 2 only b) 1 & 3 onlyc) 2 & 3 only d) All the above

5. Consider the following statements:1) Prithvi-I is a battle field support system

for the army.2) Prithvi-II is dedicated to the Indian Air

Force.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


6. Consider the following statements:1) Prithvi-III Missile is a solid fuelled

version with a 550 km range.2) Dhanush is a system consisting of a

stabilisation platform and the missile.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


7. Consider the following statements aboutAgni Missile:1) It s a surface to Air Missile.2) It can be launched from land platform

and mobile platform.

Questions




3) It can carry both conventional andnuclear warhead.


a) 1 & 2 only b) 2 & 3 onlyc) 1 & 3 only d) All of the above

8. Consider the following statements:1) The range of Agni-I missle is 1000 km.2) The range of Agni-II missile is 2500 km.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


9. Consider the following statements:1) Only India, America, Russia, France

and China have Intermediate RangeBalistic Missile (IRBM) Technology).

2) IRBM have a re-entry capability i.e., itpropels itself out of the earthatmosphere and then re-enters and fallsto surface of the earth.



10.Consider the following statements aboutTrishul:1) It is a surface to surface missile.2) It has a short range of up to 9 km.3) It can be used by Army, Navy and Air

Force.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


11.Consider the following statements aboutAkash:1) Akash is a surface to Air Missile.

2) It has range of 75 km.3) It is a first Indian Missile system to use

scramjet Principle for its propulsion.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect?


12.Consider the following statements:1) Rajendra is 3D phased - array

surveillance radar developed by theElectronic Research and DevelopmentEstablishment (ERDE).

2) The rader is capable of tracking 64targets engage 4 simultaneously andguide up to 12 missles.



13.Consider the following statements aboutNag:1) Nag is an anti-tank missle with fire and

forget capability.2) It is capable of piercing the most

sophisticated of tank armours.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


14.Consider the following statements aboutBRAHMOS:1) It can be launched from submaine, Ship,

aircraft and land based mobileAutonomous launchers.

2) The missile can be launched either invertical or inclined position.

3) It fly at speed of 3.8 times the speed ofsound.





a) 1 & 2 only b) 1 & 3 only

c) 2 & 3 only d) All of the above

15. Consider the following statements:1) Its a Air to Air Missile.

2) It is beyond visual range (BVR) classthat would be capable of beating radareyes and hitting enemy targets locatedupto range of 120 km.


a) 1 only b) 2 only


16. Consider the following statements aboutShourya:1) Its a supersonic Missile can reach a

velocity of Mach-6 even at low altitudes.

2) It can reach targets 850 km. away.


a) 1 only b) 2 only


17.Consider the following statements:1) Arjun is rated among the top three Main

Battle Tank (MBT) in the world.

2) It has tough armous plating compositescalled KANCHAN.

3) GPS navigation system has beenincorporated in ARJUN.


a) 1 & 2 only b) 1 & 3 only

c) 2 & 3 only d) All of the above

18.Consider the following statements:1) Ajeya, the Indian-built T-72 M-I tank,

is the mainstay of Indian Armouredcorps.

2) Somyukta is the largest Electronicwarfare programme for Army.



19.Consider the following statements:1) Lancer is a light attack helicopter.2) It created record by landing at height of

21,300 feet.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


20.Consider the following statements aboutDhruv-Alti:1) Its a multi role helicopter fully designed

and developed by Pawanhans Ltd.2) It is designed to perform both utility and

attack roles.3) Its a 5.5 tons class helicopter.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


21.Consider the following statements aboutChetak:1) Chetak project is specially for high

altitude landing.2) It created record by landing at height of

21,300 feet.3) Earlier Chetak was restricted to 10,000

feet only.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.





22.Consider the following statements:1) Light Combat Aircraft (LCA) project was

launched in 1993.2) The Aeronautical Development Agency

(ADA) was created in 1984 to manageLCA project.



23.Consider the following statements:1) Tabun is used in vulcanisation of

rubber.2) Mustard gas is used in cosmetics,

detergents and insecticides.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.


24.Consider the following statements aboutthe chemical weapon convention:1) It came into effect from April 29, 1995.2) The participating states are required

to make annual declaration to thecentral secretariat at the Hague.

3) The treaty categorically bans signa-tories from he lping Third worldcountries to develop or manufacturechemical weapons.



25. Consider the following statements aboutthe Biological weapons convention:1) The Biological weapons convention was

signed in April 1970 at London.2) It came into force on March 26, 1975.3) The convention aims of prohibiting the

development, production andstockpilling of bacteriological weapons.



26. Consider the following statements:1) Primary explosive are less sensitive to

heat.2) High explosive are extremely sensitive

to heat.3) Mercury fulminate and lead azide are

primary explosive.Which of the above statements is / arecorrect.

a) 1, 2 & 3 only b) 2 onlyc) 3 only d) All of the above

27.Consider the following statements aboutthe Large Hadron Collider (LHC):1) The Raja Ramana Centre for Advanced

Technology in Indore made most of the27-km long tunnel which uses magnetsto circulate speeding protons around itsloop.

2) The BARC had designed andmanufactured special censors to detectamong other things the God particle.






1. b. Defence Research and Developmentorganization was formed in 1958.

2. c.

3. 2. India s Missile developmentprogramme called (IGMDP) was launchedin 1983.

4. b. It can carry both conventional andnuclear warhead.

5. c.6. b. Prithvi-III Missile is a solid fuelled

version with a 350 km range and a 1000kg payload.

7. b. The slowing down of neutrons in anuclear power reactor is achieved by themoderator which is saline water.

8. b. In the nuclear reactor chain reactionis regulated by neutron absorbers, thecentrol rods made of graphite orberillium.

9. b. As a result of the extensive survey workcarried out so far, it has been estimatedthat India s total uranium reserves areabout 73,000 tonnes.

10. c.

11. There is no indications of reserves havebeen noticed in West Bengal.

12. c.

13. c.

14. a. Higher efficiency of conversion-ratioof fresh fuel produced to fuel consumedis 1.2 to 1.6 in FBRs and 0.5 in PHWRs.

15. c.

16. a. U-233 fuel is now being used in runninga research reactor at IGCAR, Kalpakkam,called KAMINI which is the first reactorin the world fuelled by this isotope ofuranium.

17. c.

18. c.

19. a. The PFBR is expected to go critical inSeptember 2012.

20. a. BARC is engaged in developing 300MWe Advanced Heavy Water Reactor(AHWR).

21. b. The stare of nuclear power in thecountry is projected 14 percent by 2042.

22. a. Cesium - 137 radioisotope is used inthe Brachytherapy.

23. a. Samasium - 153 is used in thetreatment of arthritis.

24. c.

25. b. It will produce 500 MW of fusion power.

26. c.

27. The Tate Institute of FundamentalResearch in Mumbai and the variableEnergy, Cyclotrom centre in Calcuttadesigned and manufactured specialsensors to detect among other things theGod particle.



106 All About IAS Examination & How to Crack It

www.upscportal.com

PROUD TO ANNOUNCE OUR LAST YEAR TOPPERS OF CIVIL SERVICESEXAMINATION.

Dear Members,We are proud to present, the list of toppers from upscportal community, who have qualified in UPSC Civil

Services Exams 2011.Congratulations to all the toppers and we wish loads of luck for all their future endeavours.We would also like to thank all our moderators, volunteers and members for their continued support,

motivation and faith in the community.

RANK Roll No Name Optionals City

110 351262 ANAND KUMAR GEOGRAPHY, LIT.OF PALI LANG PATNA

117 301356 SAUMYA MISHRA PUBLIC ADMIN, LAW LUCKNOW

143 15052 SHALIA SHAH PUBLIC ADMIN, PSYCHOLOGY Port Blair

168 270280 AWAKASH KUMAR MATHEMATICS, MECHANICAL ENG BOKARO CITY

176 153496 INAYAT KHAN PUBLIC ADMIN, GEOGRAPHY New Delhi

201 238947 ARAVIND MENON

PUBLIC ADMIN, LIT.OF MALAYALAM LANG

TRIVANDRUM

208 728 SURENDRA KUMAR MEENA

HISTORY, PHILOSOPHY Nagpur

233 311609 MAKWANA GAURANGBHAI

PUBLIC ADMIN, LIT.OF GUJ. LANG Patan

265 49162 ARUNSAKTHI KUMAR P

GEOGRAPHY, MEDICAL SC CHENNAI

282 123730 RAKESH BALWAL ANTHROPOLOGY, POL. SC. & INT.REL Amritsar

285 318371 SHALINI AGNIHOTRI SOCIOLOGY, GEOGRAPHY LUDHIANA

316 303441 RAJESH MEENA PUBLIC ADMIN, GEOGRAPHY Agra

421 343585 KAILASH KARTHIKN ECONOMICS, MANAGEMENT CHENNAI

439 102086 K THAVASEELAN GEOGRAPHY, MANAGEMENT CHENNAI


All About IAS Examination & How to Crack It 107

www.upscportal.com

470 311964 ASWATHY V HISTORY, LIT.OF MALAYALAM LANG

THIRUVANANTHAPURAM

608 145479 PRABHAKAR PRABHAT

GEOGRAPHY, PHILOSOPHY Nalanda

622 37852 CHANDRAVANSHI Y MANIKANHAIYA

PSYCHOLOGY, GEOGRAPHY Kanpur

649 137276 MD IMTEYAZ ALAM PUBLIC ADMIN, LIT.OF URDU LANG PATNA

774 213094 TENZING LODEN LEPCHA

PUBLIC ADMIN, PSYCHOLOGY Mumbai

886 224278 PRATEEK SINGH MEENA

PUBLIC ADMIN, GEOGRAPHY New Delhi

904 82954 RAM DULESH MEENA PUBLIC ADMIN, LIT.OF PALI LANG Jaipur

910 273782 SATYENDRA KUMAR PUBLIC ADMIN, LIT.OF HINDI LANG LUCKNOW


Study Kit for Preliminary Examinations:

H IAS (Pre) GS Paper 1 http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-pre/csat-paper-1

H IAS (Pre) GS Paper 2 http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-pre/csat-paper-2

H GS Foundation Course (PT+ MAINS) for 2014 http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-pre/general-studies-foundation-course

Study Kit for Mains Examinations:

H Contemporary Issues http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/contemporary-issues-ias-mains

H Public Administration http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-public-adminstration

H Essay Writing http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/essay-mains

H English Grammar & Comprehension http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-english-compulsory

H History http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-history

H Philosophy http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-philosophy

H Sociology http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-sociology

H General Studies http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/gs-mains

Study Kit for UPSC Other Examinations:

H Indian Police Service Limited Competitive Examination http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ips-lce

H Armed Police Forces (CAPF) http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/capf

Study Kit for Other Examinations:

H SSC Combined Graduate Level (Tier - I) http://sscportal.in/community/study-kit/cgl

H SSC Combined Graduate Level Examination (Tier - II) http://sscportal.in/community/study-kit/cgl-tier-2

H SSC Combined Higher Secondary Level (10+2) Examination http://sscportal.in/community/study-kit/chsle

UPSCPORTAL Study Kits for IAS, Civil Services & Other Exams



http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-pre/general-studies-foundation-course

http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/contemporary-issues-ias-mains

http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-public-adminstration

http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/essay-mains

http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-english-compulsory

http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-history

http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-philosophy

http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ias-mains-sociology

http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/gs-mains

http://www.upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/ips-lce

http://upscportal.com/civilservices/study-kit/capf

http://sscportal.in/community/study-kit/cgl

http://sscportal.in/community/study-kit/cgl-tier-2

http://sscportal.in/community/study-kit/chsle

Documents

Director s Message - IAS EXAM PORTALstatic.upscportal.com/...1-Study-Kit-Brochure_ · Director s Message Dear Candidates, ... the materials which cover 100% syllabus of the upsc